THE ETERNAL SOVEREIGN

Author: Viet Thanh Nguyen

  • Market Losses Highlight Why Timing and Valuations Become Crucial During Major Crashes

    How to Think Like an Investor Instead of a Speculator

    Learning to invest successfully requires more than understanding markets. It requires learning how to think like an investor rather than a speculator—and, just as importantly, recognizing how our instincts and conditioning can lead us toward poor decisions.

    At the foundation of both good and bad investment decisions is something far less emotional: arithmetic.

    Markets do not care about fear, optimism, or conviction. The numbers simply do what the numbers do. Yet investors often overlook the basic mathematics that determines how much a loss really costs, how today’s valuation influences tomorrow’s returns, and how the timing of a market decline can affect financial goals.

    Three numbers, in particular, can shape much of an investor’s financial journey:

    1. How difficult it is to recover from a loss.
    2. How today’s valuation influences future returns.
    3. What happens when a major downturn occurs at the worst possible point in your life.

    Let’s examine the mathematics investors often overlook.

    The Mathematics of Loss

    You have probably seen the familiar charts showing more than a century of market history. Bull markets dominate the long-term picture, while crashes appear as relatively small interruptions in an upward-sloping line. The accompanying message is usually reassuring: stay invested, remain patient, and eventually everything will work out.

    It is one of the most popular narratives in investing—but it can also create a misleading sense of security.

    Before accepting that message at face value, consider two questions.

    If remaining fully invested through every market environment were always the obvious answer, why have some of history’s greatest investors consistently emphasized capital preservation?

    From Warren Buffett to Paul Tudor Jones, successful investors have repeatedly stressed variations of the same principle: buy intelligently, sell when appropriate, and above all, protect capital.

    The reason becomes obvious once you understand the mathematics of losses.

    Percentage gains and percentage losses are not symmetrical.

    A portfolio that falls 10% needs an approximately 11.1% gain just to return to its starting value. A 20% decline requires a 25% recovery. A 50% decline requires a 100% gain.

    In other words, after losing half your capital, the market has to double simply to bring you back to where you started.

    Recovering from a loss is fundamentally different from creating new wealth.

    The problem becomes even clearer when we translate percentages into actual dollars or index points.

    Imagine an index rising from 1,000 to 8,000. That represents a 700% gain. Now suppose the index experiences a 50% correction.

    The decline is not simply a 50-percentage-point reduction from the original 700% gain. The index loses 4,000 points and falls back to 4,000.

    The original 700% gain has therefore been reduced to just 300%.

    Half of the index’s value—and more than half of the accumulated gain—has disappeared in a single decline.

    This is why a major correction late in an extended bull market cannot simply be dismissed as another temporary fluctuation.

    Bear markets historically have the potential to erase a substantial portion of the preceding advance. For investors focused on long-term wealth creation, capital preservation therefore matters just as much as participation in the upside.

    Why Losses Compound Differently

    There is another problem: equal-sized gains and losses do not offset each other.

    Suppose you begin with $100,000. A 10% gain takes the portfolio to $110,000. A subsequent 10% decline, however, reduces it to $99,000.

    You are now down $1,000 despite experiencing a 10% gain followed by a 10% loss.

    Repeated over time, this effect becomes known as volatility drag.

    It explains why two portfolios with the same average return can produce very different outcomes. The portfolio experiencing larger fluctuations can end up with less wealth than one generating the same average return more consistently.

    That leads to one of the most important distinctions in investing:

    Average return is not the same thing as actual return.

    Consider a portfolio that gains 10% for three consecutive years and then suffers a 10% loss. The final result is not equivalent to simply subtracting 10% from the average annual return.

    The path matters.

    The return advertised on paper and the amount of money actually available in your account can be dramatically different.

    You cannot spend an average return. You can only spend the dollars that actually remain in your portfolio.

    The Hidden Cost: Time

    The greatest cost of a severe investment loss may not even be the money itself.

    It may be time.

    After a major drawdown, your portfolio must not only recover the lost capital—it must recover before your financial objectives arrive. Retirement, education expenses, property purchases, or other major goals operate according to a schedule that cannot always be postponed.

    You can potentially earn more money.

    You cannot manufacture more time.

    That is why understanding loss aversion is so important. Human psychology naturally makes losses feel more painful than equivalent gains feel rewarding. This instinct can encourage investors to hold onto small, manageable losses for too long, allowing them to develop into much larger problems.

    Benjamin Graham captured this psychological challenge decades ago:

    “The investor’s chief problem, and even his worst enemy, is likely to be himself.”

    Valuations Can Shape Long-Term Returns

    Avoiding catastrophic losses is only the first part of the equation.

    The second question is when the probability of disappointing returns becomes higher.

    That brings us to valuation.

    Valuation is not a reliable tool for predicting what the market will do next month or even next year. Markets can remain expensive for much longer than investors expect.

    But valuation becomes much more informative over longer horizons.

    The price investors pay today has a significant influence on the returns they can reasonably expect over the following decade.

    This distinction is critical.

    High valuations do not guarantee that the next year will produce negative returns. Instead, they suggest that the total return available over a much longer period is likely to be lower.

    That is a very different proposition.

    One of the best-known long-term valuation indicators is the Cyclically Adjusted Price-to-Earnings ratio, or CAPE, developed by economist Robert Shiller.

    Unlike the traditional P/E ratio, CAPE uses inflation-adjusted earnings averaged over a 10-year period. The objective is to reduce the influence of temporary earnings booms and recessions.

    CAPE is only one valuation measure, however.

    Other indicators tell a similar story. Price-to-sales ratios remain elevated, while market capitalization relative to the overall economy—the measure Warren Buffett once described as a particularly useful valuation gauge—also points toward historically expensive markets.

    Earnings yields and corporate returns on equity provide additional perspectives.

    When multiple independent valuation measures point in the same direction, the signal becomes considerably more difficult to dismiss.

    And the message is straightforward:

    When starting valuations are high, investors should lower their expectations for future returns.

    The reasoning is simple.

    If you pay a high price today for a future stream of corporate earnings, a greater portion of tomorrow’s growth has effectively already been reflected in today’s price.

    The result is less return left for the future.

    Starting Valuations Matter

    Historical market data reinforces this relationship.

    When markets are grouped according to their starting valuation levels and subsequent 10-year returns are examined, the relationship becomes clear: the more investors pay at the beginning, the less attractive their long-term returns tend to be.

    This helps explain why market history contains only a relatively small number of extended secular bull markets that generated a disproportionate share of total long-term gains.

    Being invested is important—but when you begin investing also matters.

    This is consistent with Bob Farrell’s well-known principle that markets tend to revert toward their historical averages. The further valuations move away from those averages, the greater the potential for future returns to normalize.

    As the saying goes, this time is rarely different.

    “Valuation tells you almost nothing about next year and almost everything about the next decade.”

    The Retirement Reckoning

    The consequences become much more serious when the mathematics of losses and valuations intersect with retirement.

    While you are working and regularly adding money to your portfolio, a market decline can actually create an opportunity. Lower prices allow investors to purchase more shares with each contribution.

    Retirement changes the equation.

    Once investors begin withdrawing money rather than contributing capital, the order in which returns occur can become more important than the average return itself.

    This is known as sequence-of-returns risk.

    The concept is simple but potentially devastating.

    A retiree withdrawing money during a severe market decline must sell assets while prices are depressed. Those shares are no longer available to participate in the eventual recovery.

    The result can permanently damage the portfolio even if the market eventually produces the same long-term average return.

    Consider a $1 million retirement portfolio with a 4% annual withdrawal rate, equivalent to roughly $3,333 per month.

    If the market falls 10% while withdrawals continue, the portfolio’s decline can be substantially greater than 10% because capital is simultaneously being removed.

    Under the example described here, the portfolio could fall by approximately 13.78% rather than 10%.

    Recovering from that combined decline requires a gain of roughly 21.14%.

    This illustrates the fundamental problem: even if the market eventually returns to its previous level, the retiree’s portfolio may not fully recover because money was withdrawn along the way.

    Research on retirement withdrawal strategies has repeatedly highlighted the danger of experiencing a severe bear market early in retirement. A 30%–40% decline during the first few years can materially increase the probability of exhausting retirement assets, even when long-term average returns appear reasonable.

    The sequence of returns can therefore be just as important as the returns themselves.

    Consider two retirees following the same withdrawal strategy with identical portfolios.

    One could finish retirement with several million dollars, while another could come close to exhausting their assets.

    The difference may simply be the market environment encountered during the first few years of retirement.

    A retiree entering the market around 2000, for example, faced extremely high valuations immediately before a prolonged period of weak market performance. Withdrawals during that downturn compounded the damage.

    The lesson is not that today’s retirees are destined to fail.

    It is that the margin for error becomes smaller when valuations are elevated and withdrawals are already underway.

    For investors approaching retirement, this is one of the most important risks to consider—yet it is often overlooked by simplistic buy-and-hold strategies.

    What the Mathematics Suggests

    When these ideas are combined, three principles emerge.

    • Losses are asymmetric. Avoiding a major drawdown can be more valuable than capturing every part of a bull-market rally.
    • Valuations influence the odds. Elevated starting valuations generally imply more modest long-term return expectations.
    • Timing matters most when financial goals are close. A severe downturn shortly before or after retirement can have consequences far beyond the headline market decline.

    None of this means investors should sell everything and retreat to cash.

    Instead, it suggests a more deliberate approach to risk management.

    Investors should consider how much downside they can realistically tolerate, how expensive the assets they own have become, how close they are to needing the money, and whether their portfolio can withstand a prolonged period of weak returns.

    The objective is not to predict every market top or bottom.

    It is to avoid allowing one unfavorable period to permanently derail long-term financial goals.

    The Bottom Line

    The mathematics behind successful investing is surprisingly simple.

    A large loss requires a disproportionately large gain to recover.

    High valuations can reduce the returns available in the future.

    And experiencing a severe downturn at the wrong point in your financial life can turn an ordinary market correction into a permanent setback.

    These principles have appeared repeatedly throughout more than a century of market history.

    For that reason, experienced investors should think beyond daily price movements and headline percentages.

    Think in terms of dollars, years, and financial objectives.

    The message can be reduced to three rules:

    • Avoid catastrophic losses.
    • Respect valuations.
    • Pay attention to timing.

    The more interesting question is why so much conventional investment advice continues to emphasize the opposite.

    Investors are often told to remain fully invested regardless of conditions, that beating the index is nearly impossible, that legendary investors cannot be replicated, and that keeping costs low is the only factor that truly matters.

    But what happens when those assumptions are subjected to the same unforgiving mathematics?

    That is where the next discussion begins: examining the investment industry’s most comfortable assumptions and testing whether they actually hold up when the numbers are put under pressure.

  • The Powerful Stock Buyback Trend Shows No Signs of Slowing

    In modern corporate finance, share repurchases, commonly referred to as stock buybacks, have transformed from an occasional capital-management strategy into one of the most important ways companies return capital to shareholders.

    Global share buybacks reached a record $1.46 trillion in 2025, marking an 8.4% increase from the previous year and more than doubling the level seen a decade earlier.

    The growth of corporate buybacks over the past decade highlights just how significantly their scale has expanded. Strong earnings across sectors such as technology and financial services have allowed companies to deploy substantial cash reserves toward purchasing their own shares. Although buyback activity temporarily weakened during major economic disruptions, including the pandemic in 2020, repurchases have repeatedly recovered and established progressively higher levels.

    Two key factors are driving this long-term expansion: continued earnings growth among large-cap companies and a broader shift toward more flexible methods of returning capital to investors. Today, more than 52% of publicly listed companies globally conduct buyback programs each year, compared with approximately 36% a decade ago.

    Despite the worldwide growth of repurchases, North America continues to dominate the global buyback market. The United States alone represents approximately 71.2% of worldwide repurchases, equivalent to around $1.04 trillion. American corporate practices and tax considerations have historically made buybacks an attractive alternative to traditional cash dividends. Nevertheless, other major economies have increasingly adopted similar strategies.

    Japan, France, and Canada, for example, have recorded strong growth in repurchase activity, partly because corporate-governance reforms have encouraged management teams and boards to improve capital efficiency and shareholder returns.

    Buyback activity is also highly concentrated among the world’s largest corporations. Just 20 companies generate almost one-third of global share repurchases. Financial institutions and major banks lead the sectors, accounting for roughly $386 billion in buybacks as they use strong balance sheets and excess regulatory capital to retire shares.

    Technology companies are another major force behind the trend. Cash-rich firms within the Magnificent 7 alone account for approximately $312 billion in repurchases, making the technology sector one of the largest contributors to global buyback activity.

    For much of modern corporate history, dividends were the primary way companies distributed profits to shareholders. That dynamic has increasingly changed, particularly within the S&P 500, where buybacks have consistently exceeded dividend payments.

    One important advantage of repurchases is their flexibility. Dividends create an expectation of continuity, meaning that a reduction or suspension can trigger significant negative reactions from investors. Buyback programs, by comparison, can be increased, reduced, delayed, or suspended depending on a company’s cash position, investment opportunities, and market conditions.

    Repurchases can also improve several per-share financial metrics. When companies retire outstanding shares, the number of shares used in the calculation declines, potentially increasing Earnings Per Share (EPS) and Return on Equity (ROE) even without corresponding growth in net income. Buybacks can also provide investors with greater flexibility over the timing of taxable income compared with receiving mandatory dividend payments.

    For companies with substantial cash reserves, this flexibility makes repurchases an attractive way to deploy excess capital, particularly when management believes its shares are trading below their intrinsic value.

    Critics, however, argue that excessive buybacks can come at the expense of longer-term investments such as research and development, infrastructure, employee compensation, and business expansion. Corporate treasurers generally counter that repurchases can represent a disciplined way of allocating liquidity that the business does not immediately need.

    With corporate balance sheets remaining relatively strong and more international markets embracing share retirement, buybacks are likely to remain a fundamental force in global equity markets.

    The broader market implications are significant. As companies continuously retire shares, the supply of publicly traded equity becomes smaller. This means that, over time, a growing amount of investment capital is competing for a relatively shrinking pool of available shares.

    The decline in the number of publicly listed U.S. companies illustrates this structural shift. In 1996, U.S. exchanges hosted more than 8,000 listed companies. After decades of buybacks, private-equity acquisitions, mergers, and other forms of consolidation, that figure has fallen to roughly 5,800 major exchange-listed companies.

    Even a new generation of enormous IPOs may not completely offset this trend. While some companies may enter public markets at valuations of hundreds of billions of dollars, the overall number of publicly traded companies remains relatively limited compared with the enormous volume of capital being returned through buybacks.

    With S&P 500 companies alone repurchasing more than $1 trillion in shares annually and global buybacks approaching $1.5 trillion, the influence of corporate repurchases on equity markets could become even more pronounced in the years ahead.

    The message for investors is straightforward: as companies continue shrinking the supply of outstanding shares while deploying enormous amounts of capital into repurchases, buybacks could remain an important structural tailwind for global equities — pointing toward continued momentum ahead.

  • The Gold-Silver Ratio: A Smarter Strategy to Increase Your Metal Holdings

    How movements in one of finance’s oldest ratios can potentially help investors turn the same amount of capital into a larger precious-metals holding.

    Imagine two investors starting with exactly the same position: ten ounces of gold.

    The first investor simply holds the gold and does nothing. Twenty years later, that investor still owns ten ounces. The dollar value may have increased significantly, but measured in gold, the position has not grown.

    The second investor pays attention to the relationship between gold and silver. When gold becomes unusually expensive compared with silver, the investor converts some gold into silver. Later, when silver becomes relatively expensive compared with gold, the investor reverses the trade.

    For example, assume the first conversion occurs when the gold-silver ratio is 100, and the second takes place when the ratio falls to 50. Ten ounces of gold would convert into 1,000 ounces of silver. If those 1,000 ounces are later exchanged when the ratio reaches 50, they would represent 20 ounces of gold.

    Both investors began with ten ounces. Neither added new capital. Yet one still has ten ounces, while the other has doubled the amount of gold owned.

    Of course, real-world investing is far more complicated. Transaction costs, taxes and the challenge of identifying turning points can significantly affect the outcome. Markets rarely provide such perfectly timed opportunities. Nevertheless, the underlying mathematics highlights an important idea: for precious-metals investors, wealth does not necessarily have to be measured in currency. It can also be measured in ounces.

    A Ratio Rather Than a Conventional Price

    The gold-silver ratio is one of the oldest measures used in financial markets. Its calculation is straightforward: divide the price of one ounce of gold by the price of one ounce of silver. If gold trades at $4,000 and silver at $50, the ratio is 80, meaning one ounce of gold has the same market value as 80 ounces of silver.

    For much of history, this relationship was remarkably stable. When gold and silver were both widely used as money, governments often established official exchange rates between the two metals. Rome used a ratio of approximately 12:1, while the United States adopted a 15:1 ratio under the Coinage Act of 1792. For extended periods, ratios in the 12-to-15 range were relatively common.

    That monetary framework gradually disappeared during the nineteenth century as major economies moved away from bimetallism and silver lost its formal monetary role. Germany moved toward the gold standard following 1871, while the United States ended the monetary standard for the silver dollar in 1873. Other industrial economies followed similar paths. By 1900, the ratio had climbed to approximately 34.5:1.

    The modern relationship between the two metals is very different. Central banks around the world hold tens of thousands of tonnes of gold but virtually no silver reserves. Silver, meanwhile, has developed into an important industrial commodity, with applications ranging from electronics and solar panels to automobiles and electrical infrastructure.

    There is no longer a government-fixed exchange rate between the two metals. Instead, the ratio fluctuates as gold and silver respond differently to monetary policy, economic conditions, industrial demand, investor sentiment, fear and speculation.

    That volatility is what creates potential opportunities.

    Why the Gold-Silver Ratio Changes

    The strategy works because gold and silver do not always move in tandem.

    Gold continues to function primarily as a monetary and investment asset. Central banks accumulate gold, while investors often turn to it during periods of economic or financial uncertainty. Compared with silver, relatively little of gold’s annual demand comes from industrial applications.

    Silver has a more complicated role. Investment demand makes it sensitive to many of the same factors that influence gold, but its industrial applications tie it closely to manufacturing, electronics, solar energy and the broader economic cycle. Silver is also a considerably smaller market and has historically experienced greater price volatility.

    These differences can produce substantial changes in the gold-silver ratio.

    During periods of severe financial stress, gold can outperform as investors seek monetary protection, while concerns about industrial demand can put additional pressure on silver. The ratio therefore rises. When precious-metals sentiment improves and silver begins catching up, the relationship can reverse just as quickly.

    The dramatic move during the March 2020 pandemic panic illustrates the point. The ratio climbed to approximately 125.7 as silver suffered a sharp sell-off. By contrast, major silver rallies in 1980 and 2011 pushed the ratio toward roughly 15 and 30, respectively.

    However, historical extremes should be treated as reference points rather than fixed rules. A ratio of 80 does not automatically mean silver is undervalued, just as a ratio of 50 does not guarantee that gold will outperform.

    Markets do not have to return to their historical averages.

    The Challenge of Transaction Costs

    Transaction costs introduce another important consideration.

    Regularly moving between physical gold and silver can quickly reduce the theoretical gains of a ratio strategy. Dealer premiums, bid-ask spreads, storage expenses and the practical difficulties of handling physical coins and bars all reduce the amount of metal retained after each transaction.

    As a result, repeatedly rotating between physical gold and silver can be considerably less efficient than the simple mathematical example suggests.

    Goldwise attempts to reduce some of this friction.

    Goldwise currently charges a 0.50% fee on fractional precious-metal purchases and sales, compared with transaction costs that can reach approximately 4–8% when buying and selling physical coins and bars. Lower trading costs mean the gold-silver ratio does not need to move as dramatically before a potential rotation becomes economically meaningful.

    If investors can hold allocated precious metals and switch between gold and silver at relatively low cost, a greater share of the change in relative value can potentially remain with the investor after the transaction.

    Taxes can create an additional obstacle. In a conventional strategy, selling one metal may trigger a taxable gain, depending on the investor’s circumstances, before the proceeds are used to purchase the other metal.

    Goldwise is currently exploring whether fractional holdings could eventually be converted into physical coins and bars—and potentially exchanged between metals—without requiring investors to sell their position first. If such functionality were introduced, it could potentially make ratio-based strategies more efficient in terms of both transaction costs and taxation, although the actual tax treatment would depend on each investor’s individual circumstances and jurisdiction.

    A move in the ratio from 100 to 50 is large enough to potentially overcome substantial trading friction. Smaller movements are a different matter. When rotations are repeated over many years, transaction costs can become a major component of the overall strategy.

    Lower costs do not create profitable trades by themselves. They simply allow more of the benefit from a successful rotation to remain after the transaction.

    The Risk of Getting the Timing Wrong

    The mathematical example is appealing: exchange gold for silver at a ratio of 100, switch back at 50, and double the amount of gold owned.

    In reality, markets rarely follow such a clean path.

    Imagine an investor converts gold into silver when the ratio reaches 100. Instead of declining, the ratio rises to 120 and eventually remains between 120 and 150 for several years. Silver continues to underperform the gold that was exchanged, leaving the investor in an increasingly uncomfortable position.

    Switching back too early could lock in a loss measured in ounces. Continuing to hold requires patience, while offering no guarantee that the ratio will eventually return to previous levels.

    For that reason, historical ratios are generally more useful as reference points than as automatic buy-or-sell signals.

    Investors may choose to spread conversions across multiple ratio levels rather than moving their entire position at once. Another approach is to maintain a permanent core holding of gold and silver while using only a smaller portion of the portfolio for tactical rotations.

    The underlying objective remains straightforward:

    The goal is not necessarily to accumulate more dollars. It is to finish with more ounces of precious metals than you started with.

  • Bitcoin Holds Near $79,955 as Overbought Conditions Persist

    Bitcoin is moving in a narrow range around $79,955 on the 5-hour chart, holding just above key support while technical indicators point to overbought conditions and weakening momentum. A 5-hour close below $78,138 could undermine the bullish structure and increase downside risk, while a decisive rebound may open the way toward levels above $82,178.

    Tight Consolidation Calls for Caution

    Bitcoin remains positioned slightly above the Ichimoku cloud, which spans roughly $79,236–$79,515. The 20-period SMA at $79,620 is also acting as an important near-term support level.

    Although the broader bullish structure remains intact, momentum indicators are becoming less convincing. The MACD has turned negative, while the Money Flow Index has reached 100, pointing to extremely strong buying pressure and potential buyer exhaustion.

    In short, Bitcoin continues to climb, but the momentum behind the move may be losing strength.

    Bullish Setup Still Valid—But Confirmation Matters

    The bullish outlook remains intact as long as Bitcoin avoids a 5-hour close below $78,138.

    SetupAggressiveConservative
    Entry$79,620$82,200
    Stop Loss$78,500$78,500
    Target 1$82,178$83,601
    Target 2$83,601$85,412
    Target 3$85,412$87,011
    Risk/Reward2.3–5.22.0–3.6
    ConfidenceMediumMedium
    Best Suited ForFast-moving tradersBreakout traders
    • Aggressive traders can look to capitalize on support around $79,620, but the setup carries bull-trap risk if Bitcoin fails to break through the $81,271–$82,178 resistance area.
    • Conservative traders may prefer waiting for a 5-hour close above $82,178, providing stronger confirmation that buyers have regained control.
    Bitcoin price by TradingView

    Key Risks to Watch

    • Potential fake breakout: A brief move above $81,271 followed by a sharp reversal could signal a bull trap. The overbought readings and weak ADX of 12.54 suggest momentum remains limited.
    • Breakdown risk: A 5-hour close below $78,138 would invalidate much of the bullish structure and could accelerate selling toward the $76,000 area.
    • Indecision zone: The $79,620–$81,271 range remains relatively unclear. Traders may want to wait for a stronger volatility or momentum signal before opening fresh positions.

    The Key Takeaway

    A tight consolidation near recent highs combined with weakening momentum can signal an important turning point. When price continues pushing higher while indicators such as MACD and MFI begin to diverge, chasing the move becomes increasingly risky.

    The broader trend may still favor the bulls, but confirmation is becoming more important than simply following price higher.

  • Wall Street Picks of the Week

    Monday – Lumentum Holdings (LITE)

    The story:
    Evercore initiated coverage on Lumentum Holdings with an Outperform rating and a $1,100 price target. The firm argues that while AI-driven demand for computing power continues to surge, a major bottleneck remains: efficiently moving data between processors.

    Lumentum occupies a strategic position in the optical networking supply chain through its expertise in Indium Phosphide laser technology, a critical component for connecting AI compute clusters. Supply remains constrained while demand continues to accelerate, strengthening pricing power for established, vertically integrated suppliers.

    Evercore expects the optical AI market to expand from roughly $18 billion today to more than $90 billion by 2030. Growth is anticipated across server racks, AI clusters, and data-center interconnects, reducing dependence on any single customer. The firm also highlights strong prospects for optical circuit switching, supported by Lumentum’s long-standing proprietary technology.

    The analyst forecasts FY2028 earnings per share of approximately $35, with potential upside toward $50, alongside gross margins expanding to around 54%.

    Tuesday – Sempra Energy (SRE)

    The story:
    Jefferies upgraded Sempra Energy to Buy, viewing the recent selloff as an overreaction to concerns surrounding Texas transmission-project delays and stalled California legislation.

    According to the firm, these concerns have pushed Sempra to trade at a notable valuation discount compared with other regulated utilities. Despite uncertainty around timing, Jefferies believes the company’s long-term Texas infrastructure investment opportunities remain largely intact.

    The analyst also notes that Sempra faces significantly less wildfire-related liability risk than certain California utility peers. While a full valuation recovery may depend on greater regulatory clarity, Jefferies believes investors willing to act before those uncertainties are resolved could benefit from the current discount.

    Wednesday – EyePoint Pharmaceuticals (EYPT)

    The story:
    TD Cowen downgraded EyePoint Pharmaceuticals to Hold and reduced its price target to $4 following disappointing Phase III results from the company’s LUGANO study.

    Management attributed the weak outcome to unfavorable patient randomization, but the analyst remains skeptical that regulators or investors will overlook a failed trial. Even after adjusting the data and excluding a small group of outlier patients, efficacy results appeared underwhelming.

    The report suggests that the FDA is unlikely to place significant weight on retrospective statistical explanations. As a result, EyePoint’s upcoming LUCIA trial now carries heightened importance. Strong results may be required to support the broader development program.

    TD Cowen has removed potential wet AMD revenue from its valuation model, leaving the company’s investment case increasingly dependent on future opportunities in diabetic macular edema.

    Thursday – Covista (CVSA)

    The story:
    Truist downgraded Covista from Buy to Hold while maintaining its $140 price target.

    The firm believes much of the expected turnaround in the Chamberlain segment is already reflected in the share price. While concerns about generative AI disrupting student recruitment appear limited, broader challenges across the education sector may continue to weigh on valuation multiples.

    Truist argues that industry-wide pressures make it difficult to justify further multiple expansion, particularly after the stock’s strong performance. With the recovery story largely priced in, the firm sees fewer catalysts for meaningful upside from current levels.

    Friday – Sonida Senior Living (SNDA)

    The story:
    Baird upgraded Sonida Senior Living to Outperform and assigned a $43 price target, citing favorable long-term demographic trends.

    The firm believes senior-housing operators are positioned to benefit from growing demand driven by an aging population and limited supply growth. Sonida’s recently expanded operating platform is expected to improve efficiency, enhance returns on existing assets, and support future acquisition opportunities.

    Baird also noted that integration efforts following recent transactions appear to be progressing smoothly, creating a foundation for additional external growth. Although leverage remains elevated, the company’s debt maturity schedule is manageable, with no significant maturities until 2028.

    The analyst expects continued operating improvements and organic growth to gradually reduce leverage over the coming years.

  • Weekly Forex Outlook: Gold, Currencies, and Equities Display Mixed Strength Across Global Markets

    Silver

    Silver experienced significant volatility this week, briefly dropping toward the 50-week EMA near $64 before staging a strong recovery. Despite stronger-than-expected U.S.

    Non-Farm Payrolls data, which reinforced inflation concerns, silver managed to rebound sharply. The metal’s resilience in the face of hawkish economic data suggests that underlying buying demand remains strong.

    Gold

    Gold followed a similar path, initially declining before recovering toward the end of the week. While volatility remains elevated, the rebound indicates that bullish sentiment is still present.

    The $4,500 level has emerged as a key pivot point, and a decisive break above this area could open the door for further gains. Investors appear increasingly focused on broader debt concerns rather than interest rate pressures alone.

    EUR/USD

    EUR/USD posted modest gains during the week amid expectations that both the European Central Bank and the Federal Reserve may raise interest rates by 25 basis points.

    The pair remains on track to test the 1.17 area, a level that has repeatedly acted as an important resistance zone. Although the outlook remains cautiously bullish, confidence in a sustained euro rally is still limited.

    GBP/USD

    The British pound traded erratically as markets continued to reassess the outlook for U.S. monetary policy.

    Support for the pound comes from the Bank of England’s relatively higher interest rates, although concerns over the UK’s energy outlook later in the year may create additional uncertainty.

    NASDAQ 100

    The NASDAQ 100 demonstrated impressive resilience, recovering from early-week losses and maintaining its broader upward trajectory.

    Investor sentiment continues to favor buying pullbacks, supported by strong momentum and ongoing confidence in growth-oriented equities.

    USD/MXN

    The U.S. dollar weakened further against the Mexican peso, reinforcing the pair’s bearish trend. Market sentiment remains tilted toward additional downside, with the 16.50 level standing out as a major support zone to watch in the coming weeks.

    AUD/USD

    The Australian dollar ended the week higher, benefiting from expectations that the Reserve Bank of Australia will maintain a relatively hawkish stance.

    At the same time, traders are increasingly pricing in the possibility of future Federal Reserve rate cuts, providing additional support for the Aussie. The currency may continue to perform well against lower-yielding alternatives such as the Swiss franc.

    USD/JPY

    USD/JPY recorded a sharp weekly decline, although some stabilization emerged near the lows. The 155 level remains a critical support area, and holding above it could encourage a recovery. While U.S. interest rates continue to favor the dollar, speculation surrounding potential policy normalization in Japan has increased pressure on the pair.

  • The Debasement Paradox: Why Bitcoin Drops When Bond Yields Climb

    Global bond yields are climbing sharply, Bitcoin has slipped below $77,000, and U.S. equities are showing signs of weakness. In the near term, higher risk-free returns can pull liquidity away from risk assets. Yet at the same time, a sustained bond selloff may reinforce the longer-term case for scarce assets as concerns over currency debasement and fiscal sustainability intensify.

    For Bitcoin, the key question remains liquidity — where capital is flowing today and whether policy intervention could eventually redirect it toward risk assets.

    Global bond markets are sending another warning signal. Long-term government bond yields across the U.S., Japan and Europe have risen to multi-year or even multi-decade highs, while the U.S. 30-year Treasury yield briefly moved above 5.3%.

    Risk assets have reacted negatively. U.S. stocks have come under pressure, high-beta technology shares have weakened, and Bitcoin has fallen back toward $77,000.

    At first glance, this seems inconsistent with the debasement trade. Previous analysis argued that investors demanding higher returns on long-term government debt could indicate increasing concerns about fiscal sustainability, potentially strengthening the appeal of scarce assets.

    So if the debasement thesis is gaining traction, why are Bitcoin and other risk assets declining?

    Higher Yields Create Short-Term Pressure

    In the short term, rising government bond yields make risk-taking less attractive.

    When long-term Treasury yields approach 5%, investors can earn relatively high returns from government debt without assuming the same level of market risk associated with Bitcoin, AI stocks and other volatile assets.

    That raises the opportunity cost of holding risk assets and can redirect liquidity toward government bonds. At the same time, higher interest rates increase financing costs and push up the discount rate applied to future corporate earnings, creating additional headwinds for growth stocks and other high-beta assets.

    This helps explain why Bitcoin and U.S. technology stocks have weakened alongside the latest rise in Treasury yields. Although Bitcoin’s long-term investment case is closely tied to monetary scarcity, its short-term price behavior still resembles that of a risk asset and remains highly sensitive to liquidity conditions and the cost of capital.

    Additional macroeconomic pressures have also contributed to the decline.

    Escalating tensions between the U.S. and Iran have driven oil prices higher, raising concerns that increased energy costs could keep inflation elevated. Meanwhile, recent comments from Fed Chair Kevin Warsh have been viewed as relatively hawkish. Markets have consequently raised the implied probability of a September rate hike above 60%, adding further pressure to Bitcoin and high-beta equities.

    The Debasement Thesis Remains Intact

    The longer-term consequences of a sustained government bond selloff could tell a very different story.

    When investors sell long-duration government bonds, they are effectively demanding greater compensation for holding sovereign debt. Higher yields then increase government refinancing costs and interest expenses, placing additional strain on already substantial fiscal deficits.

    As borrowing costs continue to rise, it becomes increasingly difficult for governments to tolerate elevated market yields indefinitely.

    The U.S. Treasury has already taken steps in this direction by expanding its long-duration liquidity-support buybacks. However, the current scale remains far too limited to resemble quantitative easing or materially alter the broader balance between Treasury supply and demand.

    If yields continue to rise despite these measures, pressure for more aggressive intervention could increase. Possible responses could include larger Treasury buybacks, adjustments to the maturity structure of government debt issuance, or, in a more severe scenario, greater monetary accommodation from the Federal Reserve.

    In other words, higher yields can weigh on Bitcoin today while simultaneously strengthening the debasement argument for tomorrow.

    • Short term: Markets focus on the attractive risk-free returns available from government bonds and the tighter financial conditions created by higher interest rates.
    • Long term: Persistently elevated borrowing costs could make the existing fiscal trajectory increasingly difficult to maintain, increasing the probability of policies aimed at reducing financing costs.

    What Could Happen to Bitcoin Next?

    Bitcoin currently sits in the middle of a macroeconomic tug-of-war.

    On one side, elevated Treasury yields are attracting liquidity away from risk assets. On the other, increasing fiscal pressure is strengthening the longer-term argument for scarce assets.

    Two developments could eventually tilt the balance toward hard assets such as gold and Bitcoin:

    1. A Loss of Confidence in Government Debt

    If Treasury yields continue climbing because investors demand a substantially higher premium for fiscal risk, government bonds could become less appealing as a traditional safe haven.

    Under such circumstances, capital could increasingly move toward scarce assets, including gold and Bitcoin, as investors seek alternatives to sovereign debt and fiat currencies.

    2. Stronger Policy Intervention

    The Treasury’s expanded buyback program may represent an early indication that policymakers are becoming more sensitive to rising financing costs.

    If authorities eventually introduce larger interventions, modify Treasury issuance or move toward greater monetary accommodation, financial conditions could ease. Such a shift could once again place the debasement trade at the center of the market narrative.

    For Bitcoin, liquidity remains the critical link between these competing forces.

    Recent weaker-than-expected ADP employment data provides a clear example. The softer labor-market reading reduced expectations for a September Fed rate hike, and Bitcoin quickly recovered above $78,000.

    This highlights how rapidly Bitcoin’s short-term outlook can change.

    Ultimately, the next major move will depend on which force wins the tug-of-war: the appeal of increasingly attractive risk-free yields, or rising fiscal stress combined with stronger policy intervention.

  • US Dollar Struggles Below 100: Could Friday’s NFP Trigger a Breakout?

    The US dollar’s struggle is no longer simply about one economic reading or a single Federal Reserve official. The bigger issue is a persistent ceiling. On the daily chart, 100 on the US Dollar Index (DXY) has repeatedly been within reach, yet the greenback has failed to establish a sustained break above it. This week was no different. DXY slipped below the mid-99s and briefly fell into the upper-98s, with the index last trading near 98.99 after losing almost 0.6% during the session.

    The broader 52-week range remains between 95.55 and 101.80, meaning the current move does not represent a collapse. Instead, it highlights repeated rejection at a key technical barrier. The dollar can remain below 100 for an extended period; what it has consistently failed to achieve is a daily close above that threshold. The key question now is whether Friday’s Nonfarm Payrolls (NFP) report can provide the catalyst. NFP is unlikely to create an entirely new dollar trend by itself, but it could determine whether the next challenge of 100 turns into a yield-driven breakout or another retreat toward the 98 area.

    The Technical Barrier Markets Continue to Underestimate

    Round numbers carry significant weight in foreign exchange markets because they influence options positioning, systematic trading strategies and investor psychology. The 100 level on DXY is not inherently special, but several factors converge around it: it represents a major psychological threshold, has capped recent recoveries and sits close to several important medium-term moving averages.

    Recent technical readings show DXY struggling beneath its 20-day midpoint and 100-day moving average. Meanwhile, the upper volatility boundary remains positioned around the low-100 area, suggesting that a move beyond that region would represent a meaningful change in the current market structure. RSI is also not signaling an outright collapse. Instead, it reflects a market that has repeatedly struggled to maintain upward momentum. That makes the problem more persistent rather than necessarily more dramatic.

    Remaining below 100 keeps the dollar in a range-bound role: a funding currency during calm markets, a safe-haven asset during periods of stress and, more broadly, a reflection of US interest-rate differentials.

    A decisive daily close above 100, followed by additional gains, would bring the 101–102 region back into focus, an area associated with the June peak. Until that happens, rallies toward 100 remain vulnerable to selling unless Treasury yields provide the dollar with enough support to sustain the advance.

    Friday’s NFP Is the Catalyst, Not the Underlying Story

    The August Employment Situation report is scheduled for release at 08:30 ET on Friday, September 4. Expectations remain relatively subdued. The Wall Street Journal survey consensus calls for nonfarm payrolls to rise by around 53,000 following July’s 23,000 decline, while the unemployment rate is expected to remain at 4.1%. Average hourly earnings are projected to increase 0.3% month-over-month, or approximately 3.0% annually.

    However, the potential range of outcomes is wide. Some analysts view July’s weakness as being distorted by seasonal and calendar-related factors and anticipate a rebound toward 65,000–80,000 jobs. Others remain concerned that any improvement could largely reflect education-sector or seasonal noise.

    The latest ADP employment figures were weaker than expected, contributing to Thursday’s dollar decline, while weekly jobless claims have remained relatively contained. Overall, the labor market is showing neither a clear collapse nor a powerful acceleration. That uncertainty creates an unfavorable backdrop for a currency attempting to break through major resistance.

    The dollar’s reaction function remains familiar, although the market is placing different emphasis on the data. A stronger-than-expected report — particularly payroll growth above 80,000, a lower unemployment rate and persistent wage growth — would likely push Treasury yields higher, beginning with the front end of the curve.

    Two-year Treasury yields would probably react first. Expectations surrounding the September Federal Reserve meeting could shift further toward a tighter policy outcome, providing DXY with momentum toward 99.50–100.00.

    But reaching 100 is not the same as breaking it. For a sustainable breakout, the rise in short-term yields would need confirmation from longer-dated Treasuries rather than being offset by weakness at the long end.

    A broadly in-line report, with payroll growth around 40,000–70,000, unemployment at 4.1% and wages close to expectations, would likely leave the dollar trapped within its existing range. Traders could fade the initial move and turn their attention toward the following week’s inflation data.

    The clearest threat to the 100 resistance level would come from a weak employment report. Another negative payroll reading or a noticeable rise in unemployment could remove the prospect of a near-term retest of 100 and push DXY deeper into the 98s.

    Such an outcome would weaken the dollar’s interest-rate support. Two-year yields could decline, while risk assets and gold could benefit. DXY would then likely focus on the mid-98s and the lower part of the recent trading range.

    Wages may ultimately prove just as important as the headline payroll figure. Payroll data can be volatile, whereas average hourly earnings provide the Federal Reserve with a clearer signal about whether labor-market conditions continue to generate inflationary pressure.

    A 0.4% monthly wage increase alongside a strong employment report could create a significant bullish catalyst for the dollar. Conversely, 0.2% wage growth combined with weak payrolls would likely trigger a bond-market rally first, with the dollar reacting afterward.

    Treasury Yields Remain the Dollar’s Most Important Counterpart

    The dollar does not respond to NFP in isolation. Its reaction is heavily influenced by the Treasury market.

    At the beginning of this week, the two-year Treasury yield was around 4.39%, the 10-year near 4.79% and the 30-year around 5.27%. These levels do not indicate a financial crisis, but they do suggest that markets are no longer expecting a simple return to the low-rate environment that dominated much of the post-2010 period.

    Thursday’s dollar weakness coincided with declining Treasury yields, reinforcing one of the clearest short-term relationships in the market: lower nominal and real yields generally weigh on the greenback.

    The opposite dynamic explains why DXY repeatedly approaches 100. Whenever the front end of the Treasury curve begins pricing tighter Federal Reserve policy, the dollar moves higher. But when longer-term yields fail to confirm that tightening — partly because term premium is already elevated — the dollar’s advance tends to stall.

    That creates the central risk for the current setup. The dollar remains supported by US economic exceptionalism and the belief that American markets can continue absorbing enormous government borrowing. At the same time, it is increasingly exposed to the behavior of long-duration assets.

    When Treasury bonds sell off because of stronger growth or inflation, the dollar generally benefits. But when yields rise because markets are struggling to absorb excessive government supply, the currency’s positive response becomes much less reliable.

    Foreign investors holding dollar-denominated assets must consider factors such as cross-currency funding costs and whether 10-year and 30-year Treasury yields adequately compensate them for fiscal risks.

    The 2s10s spread — the difference between the 10-year and two-year yields — and the 10s30s spread will therefore be important around the NFP release.

    A bull-steepening move following weak employment data, where short-term yields decline more rapidly than long-term yields, would normally be negative for the dollar.

    A bear-steepening move after strong employment data, in which long-term yields rise faster than short-term yields, would be more complicated. Higher long-term yields could attract capital toward US assets, but they could also tighten financial conditions and eventually weaken the same labor market that initially supported the dollar.

    Underlying all of this is the enormous volume of Treasury issuance. The post-Labor Day calendar remains heavy, with additional coupon reopenings still needing to be absorbed. The official sector has also been experimenting with larger Treasury buybacks, with expanded operations expected from September 9.

    Buybacks can reduce the amount of duration available to private investors, but they do not eliminate the government’s overall debt burden.

    US Treasury debt outstanding has now moved beyond $40 trillion. Meanwhile, the composition of Treasury demand has shifted toward more price-sensitive investors, including funds, households and relative-value traders, while the traditional price-insensitive official-sector bid has become less dominant.

    This is one reason term premium can become a structural issue rather than merely a cyclical one.

    The Global Sovereign Debt Wave Is Bigger Than the US

    The pressure is not limited to the United States, which helps explain why the dollar’s traditional safe-haven behavior has become less automatic than it was during earlier crises such as 2011 or 2020.

    OECD governments issued record amounts of debt in 2025 and are expected to raise approximately $18 trillion gross during 2026. Refinancing requirements are estimated at around $14 trillion, while net borrowing could approach $4 trillion. Total outstanding OECD sovereign bond debt has already surpassed $60 trillion.

    Japan is dealing with a 10-year government bond yield that has approached 3%. European governments still need to refinance debt accumulated during the pandemic era at significantly higher borrowing costs. Emerging-market governments are also competing for the same international pool of capital.

    When Treasuries, German Bunds, UK Gilts and Japanese government bonds all require heavy refinancing during the same period, the marginal dollar of institutional demand becomes increasingly sensitive to relative yields.

    That is the essence of the current sovereign “avalanche.” It is not necessarily a wave of defaults. Instead, it represents a persistent supply of government duration that must be absorbed by investors at a price that makes the risk worthwhile.

    For the dollar, this creates a two-sided dynamic.

    A genuine global crisis can still drive investors toward Treasuries and therefore support the dollar. But if the problem originates within sovereign bond markets themselves — too much government debt competing for insufficient savings — the dollar no longer automatically benefits.

    The US currency wins only if American assets continue to look relatively attractive and if the Federal Reserve is not simultaneously easing policy while government issuance accelerates.

    That is why the 100 level on DXY has increasingly become a test of whether US yields represent a global capital magnet or a warning signal about fiscal risk.

    Commodities Offer Another Clue About Dollar Direction

    The traditional inverse relationship between the dollar and commodities remains relevant.

    A weaker DXY reduces the effective dollar cost of globally traded commodities. Gold typically benefits from such a move, while industrial metals can also gain if the weaker currency reflects easier monetary conditions rather than deteriorating economic growth.

    Oil is more complicated. It is priced in dollars but is primarily driven by supply, demand, geopolitical developments and spare capacity. A supply shock can push oil higher even while the dollar appreciates.

    The likely relationships around Friday’s payroll report are relatively straightforward.

    A weak NFP reading could pressure the dollar, support gold and boost metals if falling real yields provide additional assistance.

    A strong employment report could lift DXY toward 100 and temporarily weigh on gold as markets price a more restrictive Federal Reserve stance.

    Oil, however, will probably focus more heavily on the growth implications of the employment report and developments in the Middle East than on the dollar alone.

    Commodities can subsequently feed back into the currency through inflation expectations. A weaker dollar that simultaneously pushes oil and import prices higher while wage growth remains firm could strengthen expectations for another challenge of 100.

    Conversely, if the dollar falls alongside declining real yields and stable oil prices, the move could reinforce the broader bearish pressure on DXY.

    The wage component of Friday’s report therefore acts as the key link between these two scenarios.

    The Dollar’s Current Risk Profile

    DXY should be viewed as a hybrid asset rather than a straightforward risk-off trade.

    It remains an important funding currency for global carry strategies. When volatility is low and the Federal Reserve is holding rates steady, investors can borrow or short the dollar to finance positions elsewhere.

    That makes the 100 region particularly crowded for dollar bulls. Late buyers risk entering just as upside momentum is becoming exhausted, leaving the market vulnerable to a disappointing economic report.

    The dollar is also a currency driven by policy divergence. If Friday’s data pushes the Federal Reserve toward tighter policy while Europe and Japan remain constrained by their own fiscal and bond-market pressures, the dollar could strengthen even against a backdrop of elevated US fiscal concerns.

    Policy divergence remains one of the strongest bullish arguments for DXY below 100.

    But the dollar is no longer viewed as an unquestioned fiscal safe haven. Markets increasingly distinguish between the unparalleled depth of US financial markets and the country’s unusually large fiscal deficit.

    Market depth can keep the dollar strong during a sudden crisis. It does not necessarily prevent a gradual decline when government issuance becomes the dominant theme.

    Positioning ahead of NFP should therefore account for this mixed character.

    Buying a pre-release move toward 99.80 risks paying a premium for a level that has repeatedly rejected the dollar. At the same time, aggressively selling every rebound toward 99.50 without a clear strategy below 98.70 ignores the possibility that strong wage data could produce a rapid squeeze higher.

    A more disciplined approach is to preserve optionality around the 100 level or wait for the initial 15-minute range following the 08:30 ET release to break before committing to the direction.

    What Could Actually Change the Technical Picture?

    Three developments would matter most.

    First, NFP and wage growth would need to push two-year Treasury yields above their recent highs and keep them there into the following week’s inflation data. That would provide the strongest foundation for another attempt at 100.

    Second, Treasury auctions would need to show signs of deteriorating demand, such as weaker indirect participation, while markets simultaneously price a more restrictive Federal Reserve. That combination could cause the dollar rally to fail at 100 because rising yields would be viewed as compensation for fiscal risk rather than evidence of stronger monetary support.

    Third, a genuine global duration sell-off could emerge, with Japanese government bonds, UK Gilts and US Treasuries all falling together and overwhelming the traditional safe-haven demand for dollars.

    That would represent the broader sovereign-debt “avalanche” scenario. It would not require a dramatic crisis headline. It could simply result from another quarter in which enormous government bond issuance meets a smaller pool of official-sector demand.

    Until one of these catalysts materializes, the daily DXY chart remains clear.

    100 is still the key barrier.

    The recent 98.99 close reinforces the market’s refusal to accept higher levels. Friday’s NFP report is unlikely to permanently settle the issue, but it could determine whether the dollar’s next encounter with 100 finally produces a breakout — or another rejection.

  • 5 Stocks to Consider if a Market Pullback Creates Better Buying Opportunities

    • Nvidia’s post-earnings surge may have turned into a false breakout, making the 70-session moving average a critical support level.
    • Microsoft and Palantir remain in established 70-session uptrends, but bearish RSI divergences could point to further downside.
    • Nio is nearing major support around $3.70, while the S&P 500 could retreat toward 7,520 if current resistance remains intact.

    US equities are showing signs of weakness following a strong rally, although the current pullback remains relatively contained. The main question now is whether this decline represents a healthy pause within the broader uptrend or the beginning of a deeper correction.

    Five stocks stand out as their charts approach important technical levels: Nvidia, Microsoft, Palantir, Oracle and Nio. Each has a different setup, but all five are reaching points where the next price move could offer a clearer indication of their medium- and long-term direction.

    For investors looking to explore company fundamentals, valuations and potential investment opportunities in greater detail, InvestingPro is currently offering discounts of up to 50%.

    1. Nvidia’s Post-Earnings Surge Could Be a False Breakout

    Nvidia (NASDAQ: NVDA) remains one of the key stocks to monitor following its latest earnings release.

    Ahead of the results, two technical areas were considered particularly important. The first was the upside gap, with a sustained move above this zone potentially paving the way toward fresh record highs. The second was the 70-session moving average, which had recently provided important support.

    Nvidia initially delivered the bullish move investors were watching for. On Thursday, shares jumped more than 8% and moved into the gap area, eventually closing above it.

    The following session, however, painted a very different picture. Nvidia dropped more than 4.5%, falling back into the upside gap created during Thursday’s rally.

    This raises the possibility that the previous session’s breakout was a false move rather than the beginning of another sustained advance.

    The 70-session moving average is now the key level to watch. As long as Nvidia remains above this average, its broader bullish structure can remain intact. A decisive move below it, however, would represent a more serious technical warning.

    The psychology surrounding the recent rally is also worth considering. Investors who entered after Nvidia’s sharp post-earnings surge may now be holding positions at significantly higher prices. If the stock subsequently breaks below its 70-session average, those traders could begin closing positions, potentially turning the failed breakout into a broader distribution phase.

    The hourly chart provides another important short-term reference point. Nvidia is currently trading above its 200-session extended moving average, which has previously acted as support.

    A break below that hourly average could therefore increase the risk of a deeper decline and eventually put the daily 70-session moving average under pressure.

    2. Microsoft’s Support Level Could Determine Its Next Direction

    Microsoft (NASDAQ: MSFT) continues to display a relatively constructive technical structure, although some warning signals have emerged.

    The stock rallied strongly after its results before pulling back toward the $477 area and subsequently recovering. During the latest advance, however, price action and the RSI began to diverge.

    The RSI has remained above 70 during the recent rally, highlighting the strength of the underlying momentum.

    For now, the key level is the $477 support area. If Microsoft can continue consolidating above this zone, the sideways movement could simply allow the 70-session moving average to catch up with the share price.

    That moving average continues to slope upward and has already moved above the 200-session average, generally viewed as a bullish technical development.

    A correction toward the 70-session average would therefore not necessarily invalidate the broader uptrend. If buyers defend the average, Microsoft could use the pullback to establish another base before making another attempt at record highs.

    The technical picture would become more concerning if the 70-session average fails. Combined with the existing bearish RSI divergence, such a break could indicate that the latest rally is losing momentum.

    Microsoft’s longer-term chart also highlights the significance of this area. The stock previously experienced a substantial correction following a price-RSI divergence, but ultimately found support around $370 before staging a strong recovery.

    With Microsoft once again trading near its highs, the key question is whether the current structure is developing into a potential double top or simply another consolidation phase before an eventual breakout.

    Holding the 70-session average would favor the bullish scenario. A break below it could instead prolong the broader sideways pattern that has been developing since early 2024.

    3. Palantir Shows a Similar Bearish Warning

    Palantir (NASDAQ: PLTR) is displaying a technical setup that closely resembles Microsoft’s.

    The stock experienced several major corrections toward the end of last year before eventually falling toward roughly $110. From that point, however, Palantir staged an impressive recovery.

    The latest rally has carried the stock back toward the highs recorded at the end of 2025. Yet, similar to Microsoft, Palantir has developed a bearish divergence between price and RSI during this advance.

    Once again, the 70-session moving average is the level that could determine what happens next.

    The average has crossed above the 200-session moving average, providing a positive technical signal that typically supports the continuation of an uptrend over the coming weeks or months.

    A correction would therefore not necessarily be bearish by itself. If Palantir pulls back and finds support at the 70-session average, the broader bullish structure could remain intact.

    Under that scenario, the stock could eventually retest the $200 area, with a renewed move in the RSI above 70 potentially confirming a return of strong momentum.

    The risk increases significantly if the 70-session average breaks. A failure of the average shortly after its bullish crossover with the 200-session line could indicate that the positive signal has failed.

    That could trigger a substantially deeper correction and raise the possibility that the latest rally was more of a distribution phase than the start of another sustained advance.

    4. Oracle Needs to Defend the $135-$136 Area

    Oracle (NYSE: ORCL) currently has a more fragile technical setup than Microsoft or Palantir.

    The stock has undergone a significant correction since the end of last year and recently moved into an important support region around the 70-session moving average and the $137-$140 area.

    This zone is particularly significant because it also corresponds with support established early last year.

    Oracle subsequently bounced from around $118, another level that had previously provided support in April 2025. However, the recovery has so far encountered resistance at the 70-session moving average.

    That represents a warning sign.

    When a stock has already suffered a substantial decline, investors would generally want to see strong buying interest emerge around major support. The fact that Oracle is instead encountering resistance at the 70-session average suggests demand remains relatively weak.

    For now, the stock is holding above roughly $136, while the $135-$136 region represents the key short-term support zone.

    A renewed break below $135-$136 would increase the risk of another leg lower and could strengthen the case for the potential head-and-shoulders pattern that has been developing.

    A more bullish scenario would require Oracle to reclaim the 70-session moving average and move sufficiently above it for the average to regain a positive slope.

    A subsequent move above the 200-session moving average would provide an even stronger indication that a new uptrend could be forming.

    Until those conditions are met, Oracle’s technical outlook remains cautious.

    5. Nio Is Approaching Major $3.70 Support

    Nio (NYSE: NIO) may receive less attention than some of the other names on the list, but its current chart is becoming increasingly interesting because of a potential rounded-bottom formation.

    The monthly chart offers some evidence of this structure, while the weekly timeframe provides a clearer picture. The decline around April 2025 could represent the midpoint of a rounded bottom that has been developing over an extended period.

    Nio is now approaching an important support zone around $3.70. This level is crucial if the rounded-bottom thesis is to remain valid. The stock would need to hold this area and eventually generate a meaningful rebound.

    The immediate concern is the strength of the recent selling. Nio declined roughly 4% in the previous session and another 4% in the latest move under discussion.

    The RSI has also fallen well below 30, indicating significant downside momentum.

    While an oversold RSI can create the conditions for a rebound, it does not by itself confirm that selling pressure has ended.

    Trading volume is another factor worth watching. Heavy volume during an early-stage selloff can signal continued distribution and additional downside. However, heavy volume around major support can have a different implication if the price subsequently stabilizes, potentially indicating that shares are moving from short-term sellers to longer-term buyers.

    At this stage, however, Nio has yet to produce a confirmed bullish signal.

    The next sequence of price action will therefore be critical. A rebound from around $3.70, followed by another pullback that successfully holds the same support and produces a bullish RSI divergence, would strengthen the rounded-bottom thesis.

    A subsequent break above the rebound high could then provide confirmation of the pattern.

    Because rounded bottoms can take years to develop, this potential formation should be viewed from a long-term perspective. In Nio’s case, the structure could already extend back roughly three years to late 2023.

    The major resistance level to watch is around $7.16.

    S&P 500 Could Retreat Toward 7,520

    The broader market is also showing signs of a relatively modest correction.

    The S&P 500 is attempting to recover, but the rebound has reached the area of the gap created during the previous session. On the hourly chart, the 70-session moving average is currently acting as resistance.

    If the index manages to reclaim that average, the odds of another move higher and a retest of the recent highs would improve.

    If resistance continues to hold, however, the next important downside target is around 7,520, where the 70-session moving average converges with a former declining trendline.

    The broader market’s risk gauge is not yet signaling a major increase in fear. The BX has also rebounded toward its 70-session moving average and encountered resistance there, while the S&P 500’s recovery has kept the indicator relatively subdued.

    This suggests that, for now, the market has not entered a major fear-driven selloff.

    The Pullback Could Create Opportunities, but Confirmation Is Key

    The common theme across these stocks is the growing importance of technical support and resistance as the market moves through its current correction.

    Nvidia needs to defend its 70-session moving average following what could prove to be a false breakout. Microsoft and Palantir remain in stronger technical positions, but both need to hold their respective moving averages if their bearish RSI divergences lead to deeper pullbacks.

    Oracle remains more vulnerable unless it can reclaim its 70-session average, while Nio is approaching the critical $3.70 support zone that could determine whether its potential rounded-bottom formation remains valid.

    For investors, the current environment favors patience over emotional reactions to short-term volatility.

    A market correction can create attractive entry opportunities, but the most important factor is confirmation. Investors should look for evidence that buyers are actually returning before assuming that a decline has reached its bottom.

  • Crypto Market Update: Bitcoin Holds Steady Alongside Gold as ARB and PYTH Extend Gains

    • Bitcoin remains above $77,000, although momentum indicators suggest that bullish pressure is beginning to fade.
    • Bitcoin’s 90-day correlation with Gold has risen to around 50%, reinforcing its appeal as a hedge against currency debasement.
    • Arbitrum and Pyth Network have posted double-digit gains over the past 24 hours, ranking among the crypto market’s strongest performers.

    Bitcoin (BTC) is trading above $77,000 on Thursday, although bullish momentum is showing signs of moderation as its 90-day correlation with Gold approaches 50%. Meanwhile, Arbitrum (ARB) and Pyth Network (PYTH) have posted double-digit gains over the past 24 hours, making them among the market’s strongest-performing cryptocurrencies.

    Bitcoin increasingly moves in line with Gold

    Bitcoin’s 90-day correlation with the NASDAQ has fallen to around 33%, down from nearly 60%, while its correlation with Gold has climbed to approximately 50%. Rising US government debt, now above $40 trillion, persistent fiscal deficits and elevated bond yields are encouraging investors to seek assets that can provide protection against currency debasement, including Bitcoin and Gold.

    The recent decision to double long-maturity Treasury buyback operations from $2 billion to $4 billion could help reduce yields in the near term. However, the continued expansion of government debt remains a longer-term concern. Against this backdrop, Bitcoin’s growing relationship with Gold strengthens the argument for the cryptocurrency as a scarce digital asset with potential long-term value.

    Bitcoin bulls pause as momentum cools

    Bitcoin is trading near $77,328 at the time of writing on Thursday. The short-term outlook remains constructive, with BTC holding comfortably above its 50-, 100-, and 200-day Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs), positioned between approximately $69,400 and $72,400.

    The cryptocurrency is also above the 50% Fibonacci retracement level at $75,233, calculated from the $97,924 to $57,800 decline, maintaining a broadly bullish technical structure.

    Bitcoin price by TradingView

    The Relative Strength Index (RSI) is around 65, indicating solid momentum, although it has eased from overbought territory. Meanwhile, the Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) has moved below its signal line, suggesting that Bitcoin could enter a period of consolidation or take a temporary pause.

    On the upside, the first major resistance stands at the 78.6% Fibonacci retracement near $87,476. Beyond that, attention would turn toward the cycle high around $97,924.

    On the downside, $75,233 represents the first key support. Below this level, BTC could find stronger demand around the EMA cluster, including the 200-day EMA at $72,365, the 50-day EMA at $70,574 and the 100-day EMA at $69,395. This area continues to support the broader bullish structure.

    Arbitrum and Pyth Network maintain strong gains

    Arbitrum has gained more than 5% on Thursday after surging approximately 12% the previous day. ARB maintains a bullish short-term setup, with its price trading above the 50-, 100-, and 200-day EMAs at $0.0906, $0.0929 and $0.1164, respectively.

    The four-day recovery is now testing the bullish breakout above the 78.6% Fibonacci retracement at $0.1272, measured from $0.1495 to $0.0705. A sustained breakout above this level could open the way toward the $0.1495 swing high.

    Momentum indicators remain supportive, with the MACD and signal line trending higher. However, the RSI at 76 indicates overbought conditions, raising the possibility of a short-term slowdown.

    The 200-day EMA around $0.1164 provides the first layer of support, followed by the 50% Fibonacci retracement at $0.1026.

    ARBUSD price by TradingView

    Pyth Network has advanced around 3% on Thursday, adding to its 10% gain from the previous session. PYTH has now extended its recovery for four consecutive days and remains well above the 200-day EMA at $0.0499. The 50- and 100-day EMAs at $0.0455 and $0.0446, respectively, further reinforce the bullish technical structure.

    The previously broken descending resistance trendline has turned into support near $0.0552, suggesting that buyers have absorbed the earlier selling pressure. On the upside, immediate resistance is located at the May 9 high of $0.0631, followed by the January 6 high at $0.0737.

    The RSI near 75 places PYTH in overbought territory, although the MACD has rebounded from its signal line and continues to trend higher, indicating that bullish momentum remains favorable in the near term.

    The former trendline breakout near $0.0552 is the first support level to watch, followed by the 200-day EMA at $0.0499. A deeper correction toward these levels would provide an important test of the sustainability of PYTH’s current uptrend.

  • US Dollar Index Slips as Fed’s Waller Suggests Holding Rates Steady

    • The US Dollar Index remains under pressure after Fed Governor Christopher Waller suggested a possible pause in interest rate increases, diverging from Kevin Warsh’s more hawkish stance.
    • Following Waller’s comments, market-implied odds of a Federal Reserve rate hike in September dropped to 50.2%.
    • Traders are now focused on the US August Nonfarm Payrolls report, which is forecast to show 56,000 new jobs and an unemployment rate holding steady at 4.1%.

    The US Dollar Index (DXY), which tracks the US Dollar (USD) against six major currencies, remains under pressure for a third straight session, trading near 99.00 during Asian trading hours on Friday.

    The Greenback weakened after Federal Reserve Governor Christopher Waller indicated that he would favor keeping interest rates unchanged at the September policy meeting, assuming upcoming inflation figures do not deliver any major surprises.

    Waller’s relatively dovish stance contrasts with the more hawkish tone struck by Fed Chairman Kevin Warsh just one week earlier. Following Waller’s remarks, expectations for a September rate hike declined sharply, with the CME FedWatch Tool putting the probability at 50.2%, down from 63.2% a day earlier.

    Market attention is now turning to the US August employment report, which could provide fresh clues about the Federal Reserve’s next policy steps. Economists expect Nonfarm Payrolls to rise by 56,000, while the Unemployment Rate is projected to hold at 4.1%.

    Meanwhile, a stronger Japanese Yen is adding to the Dollar’s downside pressure. Traders are closely monitoring the possibility of Japanese authorities intervening in the currency market while also increasing bets on potentially tighter monetary policy from the Bank of Japan later this year.

    Yen extends gains as intervention risks increase

    Scotiabank strategists noted the Yen’s unusually strong performance, highlighting a 1.5% gain against the US Dollar that builds on Wednesday’s significant advance. The sharp appreciation has revived speculation that Japanese authorities could intervene to prevent excessive Yen strength or further volatility in the USD/JPY pair.

    Technical Analysis: DXY remains under bearish pressure

    On the daily chart, the US Dollar Index is trading around 98.98, maintaining a bearish short-term outlook below both the 9-period and 50-period Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs), which have shifted into resistance.

    DXY chart by TradingView

    The 14-day Relative Strength Index (RSI) remains below the 50 level at around 40, indicating that selling pressure is still present despite the recent slowdown in the decline. At the same time, the weakening FXS Fed Sentiment Index points to reduced support for the US Dollar from expectations surrounding Fed policy.

    Initial resistance is seen around 99.26, corresponding to the 9-period EMA, while the 50-period EMA near 99.79 creates a stronger resistance zone. A sustained daily close above these moving averages would help reduce the current bearish bias. Until then, the DXY remains exposed to further declines toward previous daily-chart lows.

  • Japanese Yen Holds Near August Peaks as US Dollar Stays Under Pressure Ahead of NFP Report

    • USD/JPY remains under pressure near its lowest level in a month.
    • Softer expectations for additional Federal Reserve tightening and lower US Treasury yields continue to weigh on the US Dollar.
    • Rising expectations of further Bank of Japan rate hikes, together with speculation of official intervention, are providing support for the Japanese Yen.

    The USD/JPY pair traded in a narrow range during Friday’s Asian session, hovering around 155.75 after recent declines. Although little changed on the day, the pair remains close to its August low and is on track for a significant weekly loss as investors await the latest US Nonfarm Payrolls (NFP) report.

    Market participants are closely monitoring the employment data for clues about the Federal Reserve’s next policy move. With expectations for a September rate increase having eased, the report could shape the outlook for US interest rates and influence near-term Dollar performance. Until then, traders may remain cautious about betting on a sustained recovery in USD/JPY.

    The US Dollar weakened after Federal Reserve Governor Christopher Waller noted that inflation appears to be moderating, increasing the likelihood that policymakers could leave interest rates unchanged at the upcoming FOMC meeting. The comments pushed US bond yields lower and dragged the Dollar to its weakest level in more than a week.

    Meanwhile, the Japanese Yen continues to benefit from growing expectations that the Bank of Japan will tighten policy further. Markets have largely priced in a 25-basis-point rate hike at the September 17–18 BoJ meeting, with another increase potentially following in December. Expectations strengthened after BoJ board member Hajime Takata suggested the central bank should take a more flexible approach to rate hikes rather than adhering to a fixed semi-annual schedule. Combined with speculation of currency market intervention, these factors continue to support the Yen and limit upside potential for USD/JPY.

    USD/JPY Technical Outlook: Bears Remain in Control Below Key Resistance

    4-Hour Chart Analysis

    From a technical perspective, USD/JPY continues to trade with a bearish bias after failing to sustain a move above the 200-period Simple Moving Average (SMA) on the 4-hour chart earlier this week. The rejection from this key trend indicator suggests that sellers remain firmly in control of the market.

    USDJPY chart by TradingView

    A decisive break below the August swing low in the 155.25–155.20 area could act as a fresh bearish signal, potentially attracting additional selling pressure. Such a move may push the pair below the psychological 155.00 level and extend the corrective decline from its recent multi-decade peak.

    Key Support Levels

    • 155.25–155.20 – August swing low
    • 155.00 – Psychological support
    • 154.50 – Next potential downside target
    • 154.00 – Major support zone

    Key Resistance Levels

    • 200-period SMA (4H) – Immediate resistance
    • 160.00 – Major psychological barrier

    For bullish momentum to return, USD/JPY would need to reclaim and hold above the 200-period SMA. A sustained move beyond the 160.00 level would be required to significantly reduce the current downside pressure and signal a broader shift in market sentiment.

    Overall, the technical structure continues to favor sellers, with downside risks remaining elevated as long as the pair trades below key resistance levels.

  • British Pound Holds Near Three-Week Low as Fed Rate-Cut Bets and Iran Tensions Bolster the US Dollar

    • GBP/USD bulls remain cautious as expectations for Fed policy help curb the dollar’s decline following weak US ADP employment data.
    • Rising US-Iran tensions continue to support the safe-haven US dollar, keeping upward pressure on GBP/USD limited.
    • Traders await the US ISM Services PMI for fresh direction ahead of Friday’s Nonfarm Payrolls (NFP) report.

    The GBP/USD pair remains below the key 1.3500 level during Thursday’s Asian session, consolidating near a three-week low reached in the previous session.

    The US Dollar (USD) steadies after retreating the day before, supported by expectations for tighter Federal Reserve (Fed) policy and ongoing geopolitical uncertainty. Markets have increased bets that the Fed could raise interest rates this month following hawkish comments from Fed Chair Kevin Warsh last Friday. Rising energy prices also add to inflation concerns, strengthening the case for tighter monetary policy and providing support for the USD, which weighs on GBP/USD.

    At the same time, US-Iran tensions have intensified after fresh US strikes on Iranian targets were followed by retaliatory drone and missile attacks from Tehran across the Gulf. Persistent confrontations around the Strait of Hormuz are keeping geopolitical risks elevated and further boosting demand for the safe-haven US Dollar. However, weaker US Treasury yields are preventing USD buyers from making aggressive moves and helping limit downside pressure on GBP/USD.

    Investors now await the US ISM Services PMI for fresh trading signals, while Friday’s closely watched Nonfarm Payrolls (NFP) report remains the main focus. Further developments in the Middle East could also drive volatility across financial markets, influencing USD movements and creating short-term trading opportunities in GBP/USD.

    GBP/USD Technical Analysis

    GBPUSD chart by TradingView

    On the 4-hour chart, GBP/USD is trading near the 200-period Simple Moving Average (SMA) and remains above the 50.0% Fibonacci retracement of the July-August advance. A decisive break below this level could expose the pair to deeper Fibonacci support at 1.3425 and 1.3357, where buyers may attempt to defend the broader bullish structure.

    On the upside, immediate resistance stands at the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement near 1.3521, followed by the 23.6% level at 1.3580. Further gains could bring the cycle-high resistance around 1.3676 into focus.

  • WTI Oil Trades Near Six-Week Peak Amid Rising Middle East Tensions

    • WTI crude prices hover near their highest level since July 24 as Middle East tensions heighten supply concerns.
    • US crude inventories decline by 4.45 million barrels, significantly surpassing expectations.
    • WTI remains above key moving averages, while resistance between $90 and $92 limits near-term upside.

    West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil experienced choppy trading on Wednesday as rising tensions in the Middle East kept volatility high and supported a stronger geopolitical risk premium. WTI was trading near $89.70 per barrel after climbing to an intraday peak of $90.78, its highest level since July 24.

    The latest boost to oil prices came after Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC) reported that two oil tankers hit naval mines while attempting to pass through the waterway. The IRGC said the vessels were disabled and their crews evacuated after allegedly ignoring warnings about using what authorities called an “illegal route.”

    Oil also received support from a sharper-than-expected decline in US crude inventories. The Energy Information Administration (EIA) reported a 4.45-million-barrel draw last week, far exceeding forecasts for a 1.1-million-barrel decline and reversing the previous week’s 95,000-barrel increase.

    However, further gains may remain limited as oil flows through the Persian Gulf continue to recover. Brown Brothers Harriman strategists pointed to Goldman Sachs estimates showing regional oil exports have rebounded to around two-thirds of their pre-war level of 20 million barrels per day. US Energy Secretary estimates similarly indicate that about 8 million barrels per day are currently moving through the Strait of Hormuz, while another 4–5 million barrels are being transported through alternative pipelines. This suggests supply disruptions are gradually easing despite continued geopolitical risks.

    Markets now turn to Sunday’s OPEC+ meeting. Reuters reported that the alliance is expected to maintain its existing oil production policy for October, citing three sources familiar with the discussions.

    Technical Analysis

    WTI maintains a broadly constructive outlook on the daily chart, trading well above its 100-day and 200-day Simple Moving Averages (SMAs). Nevertheless, the $90–$92 area remains a major resistance zone that could restrict further gains in the near term.

    WTI chart by TradingView

    The Relative Strength Index (RSI) is around 64, while the MACD remains positive, indicating continued upward momentum. However, the Average Directional Index (ADX) is near 16, suggesting that the current bullish trend lacks strong conviction.

    A decisive move above $92 could pave the way toward $95 and potentially the psychological $100 level. On the downside, the 100-day SMA around $85 provides the first key support. A sustained break below this level could bring the 200-day SMA near $77 into focus, while the $67–$65 area would become relevant if both moving-average supports fail.

  • Gold Gains as Yen Intervention Bets Pressure the US Dollar

    • Gold moves higher as a weaker US Dollar offsets the impact of elevated Treasury yields.
    • Speculation over possible Yen intervention weighs on the Greenback despite strong bond yields.
    • Concerns about potential strikes on Iran keep Oil near $90, reinforcing inflation pressures.

    Gold (XAU/USD) surged more than 1% on Wednesday, supported by a weaker US Dollar amid speculation that Japanese authorities may have stepped into currency markets to strengthen the Japanese Yen (JPY). Meanwhile, US Treasury yields remained elevated despite disappointing US employment data. At the time of writing, gold was trading around $4,373.

    The Yen gained broadly against major currencies, fueling market chatter about a possible FX intervention or rate-check operation by Japanese officials. However, authorities have not confirmed any such actions.

    Gold Benefits from Dollar Weakness Despite Higher Yields

    The precious metal continued to attract buyers even as the benchmark US 10-year Treasury yield hovered near 4.79%, largely unchanged from Tuesday’s close. At the same time, the US Dollar Index (DXY) slipped 0.06% to 99.59.

    Adding to market uncertainty, US President Donald Trump stated that Washington is “prepared to do another attack on Iran,” although he suggested any military action would not last long. His comments helped extend gains in oil markets, with WTI crude edging up to $90.86 per barrel.

    Despite rising energy prices, Treasury yields showed little reaction, as investors viewed higher oil costs as a factor that could keep inflation elevated and support higher interest rates for longer.

    The Federal Reserve’s latest Beige Book indicated modest growth in economic activity since early July, with slight improvements in employment conditions. Inflation pressures remained present, as prices increased across eight Fed districts.

    Labor market data released Wednesday showed private-sector hiring slowed more than expected in August. According to the ADP Employment Report, payrolls rose by just 38,000, below the 47,000 forecast and down from July’s 46,000 increase.

    New York Fed President John Williams noted that elevated bond yields reflect the strength of the US economy rather than rising inflation expectations. He emphasized that inflation remains under control and that current monetary policy is appropriately positioned to guide inflation back toward the Fed’s 2% target.

    Market participants are now focused on upcoming US economic releases, including the ISM Services PMI and Friday’s closely watched Nonfarm Payrolls report.

    Gold Technical Outlook: Focus Turns to $4,400

    Gold has climbed back above the $4,300 level and regained the 100-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) near $4,361, a development that could support additional upside. However, near-term momentum indicators still suggest caution.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    The Relative Strength Index (RSI) remains below the neutral 50 mark, signaling that sellers continue to hold a slight advantage and that downside risks have not completely faded.

    If bearish pressure resumes, initial support is seen at $4,300, followed by the 50-day SMA around $4,223. A deeper decline could expose the key $4,200 support zone.

    On the upside, a move above $4,400 would strengthen the bullish case and open the door toward $4,450, followed by the psychologically important $4,500 level. A sustained breakout beyond that area could target the 200-day SMA near $4,531 and potentially extend toward $4,600.

  • US Dollar Weakness Tests Whether Warsh’s Hawkish Outlook Can Hold

    The US dollar has opened September under pressure, surrendering around half of the gains sparked by Federal Reserve Chair Kevin Warsh’s hawkish remarks on Friday. At first glance, this may suggest that investors are starting to scale back expectations for tighter Fed policy. However, the rates market is sending a somewhat different signal.

    The front end of the US yield curve remains substantially repriced. Two-year SOFR rates are holding above 4.20%, more than 10 basis points above pre-Warsh levels, while markets are pricing in roughly 16 basis points of tightening for September and around 37 basis points through the end of the year. Put simply, the dollar has weakened even though expectations for Fed tightening have remained largely intact.

    That disconnect is becoming the central theme for FX markets this week.

    Dollar Weakens Despite Higher Rate Expectations

    All G10 currencies strengthened against the dollar on Monday, despite continued hawkish pricing in the US front end.

    Under normal circumstances, that setup would favor the greenback. Higher anticipated US interest rates increase the relative appeal of dollar-denominated assets and can encourage capital inflows into the currency.

    Instead, investors appear increasingly focused on the longer end of the Treasury curve.

    Long-term US yields have climbed, partly alongside renewed oil-price gains following another round of strikes between the US and Iran. Rather than interpreting higher yields simply as evidence of stronger returns on US assets, currency markets appear to be viewing the move through the lens of fiscal concerns.

    That is important because investors are becoming increasingly alert to the possibility of Treasury measures aimed at containing borrowing costs.

    Fiscal Risks Complicate the Dollar’s Bullish Case

    The latest market reaction indicates that the so-called debasement trade remains relevant.

    Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent’s earlier push toward larger Treasury buybacks appears to have continued influencing investor thinking. If markets believe that a sustained rise in long-term yields could eventually prompt stronger Treasury intervention, then higher yields may not automatically translate into dollar gains.

    Instead, they could intensify concerns about fiscal sustainability, government debt management and the currency’s longer-term purchasing power.

    This has created a notable split across the US yield curve.

    The front end suggests the Fed could maintain a tighter stance, providing fundamental support for the dollar.

    The long end is highlighting fiscal and Treasury-management risks, limiting that support.

    For dollar bulls, this divergence is becoming increasingly important. The Fed’s hawkish repricing has so far failed to fully overcome the fiscal-risk premium weighing on the currency.

    US Data Will Determine Whether the Dollar Pullback Deepens

    Despite Monday’s decline, it may still be too early to aggressively bet against the dollar.

    Following Warsh’s comments, investors would likely need a series of significantly weaker US economic reports before expectations surrounding the September 16 FOMC meeting are materially reversed.

    The data sequence begins with ISM Manufacturing and JOLTS, followed by ADP employment, ISM Services, and ultimately Friday’s nonfarm payrolls report.

    Current expectations point to a relatively resilient US economy.

    ISM Manufacturing is projected to remain above 55, while services activity is expected to stabilise. ADP employment growth of roughly 40,000 would indicate softness but may not be sufficient to fundamentally alter the Fed outlook. Likewise, payroll growth around 65,000 would suggest a cooling labor market rather than an outright collapse.

    That distinction is crucial.

    A moderate slowdown alone is unlikely to erase Warsh’s hawkish message. For the dollar’s decline to evolve into a more durable trend, several economic indicators would likely need to weaken simultaneously and force markets to substantially reduce expectations for September tightening.

    DXY: 100 Is Still the Critical Barrier

    Technically, the US Dollar Index (DXY) is trading near 99.60, after recovering from August lows around 98.60 but failing so far to regain the psychologically significant 100.00 level.

    DXY chart by TradingView

    The technical picture highlights the key battle. The 100.00–100.15 zone has emerged as important resistance following August’s breakdown. A decisive move above this area would indicate that the post-Warsh repricing is beginning to translate back into the FX market and would strengthen the argument for another advance in the dollar.

    For now, DXY remains below that threshold.

    The dollar therefore finds itself at an interesting crossroads: monetary-policy expectations remain supportive, but price action has yet to validate that bullish outlook.

    Opening Bell View

    The key question this week is not simply whether upcoming US data beats or misses expectations. Instead, investors need to determine whether the economic numbers are weak enough to reverse the hawkish repricing already reflected in short-term interest rates.

    If manufacturing, services and labor-market data remain broadly resilient, the front-end rates narrative should continue supporting the dollar, potentially allowing DXY to make another attempt at 100.00. Seasonal trends in September have also historically provided some support for the greenback.

    Conversely, if the US economy delivers a series of significant downside surprises and markets begin removing expectations for September tightening, the current dollar pullback would gain a much stronger fundamental basis.

    For now, the clearest interpretation is that the dollar’s correction has moved further than the shift in Fed expectations would suggest.

    The next move therefore depends heavily on the US data. Until short-term rates begin moving lower alongside the dollar, the decline below 100 appears more like a test of the hawkish Fed narrative than a confirmed reversal of it.

  • Weak September Seasonality Gives Way to Stronger Midterm Trends

    Stocks have staged an impressive recovery from their spring lows, largely brushing aside concerns about economic growth, inflation, elevated interest rates, the impact of artificial intelligence (AI), geopolitical risks, and ongoing policy uncertainty. However, as September begins, equities are moving into what has historically been their weakest month of the year from a seasonal perspective.

    Why does seasonality matter in the first place? Markets are influenced by several recurring calendar-based factors, including tax-driven selling, mutual fund fiscal year-ends, corporate share buyback periods, reduced summer liquidity, and the regular cadence of earnings seasons. These forces can create patterns that repeat over time. While they are far from reliable forecasts, persistent behavioral trends can provide investors with a useful indication of the market’s typical direction.

    September has consistently been a weak period for equities. Since 1950, it has been the only month to post a negative average return for the S&P 500, at approximately -0.6%, while the index has ended September higher less than half of the time. The weakness has been even more evident over the past five and 10 years, reinforcing the case for seasonal caution. Before 1957, the data is based on the predecessor S&P 90 index. Historical performance, however, does not guarantee future results.

    It might seem reasonable to expect a midterm election year to provide some relief, but historical data offers little evidence of that. September during midterm years has produced an average return of roughly -0.8%, virtually the same as September in non-election years and broadly in line with the long-term seasonal pattern. In other words, September has generally been a weak month regardless of the political cycle. The most recent midterm September, in 2022, was particularly difficult, with the S&P 500 falling more than 9% as investors worried about aggressive Federal Reserve rate hikes, persistent inflation, rising Treasury yields, and growing recession risks.

    The more positive takeaway from the midterm cycle comes after September. Historically, October has been the strongest month for stocks during midterm years, delivering an average return of nearly 3.0%, while November has averaged about 2.7%. Both figures are substantially stronger than their counterparts during non-midterm years. Together, October through December have historically represented the strongest three-month period of the entire four-year presidential cycle.

    This seasonal improvement may reflect declining political uncertainty as markets begin to gain greater clarity around the election outlook. The earlier rebound typically seen in October during midterm years, compared with the November recovery often observed during presidential election years, may stem from the narrower range of potential outcomes. Investors can begin pricing in reduced uncertainty before the midterm vote, whereas presidential elections generally carry greater market significance and may encourage investors to wait for the actual result.

    Importantly, the historical strength following September in midterm years has not been dependent on which political party controls the White House. Markets have generally reacted more positively to the reduction in uncertainty than to the specific election outcome. Since 1950, stocks have risen during the year following every midterm election—19 consecutive instances—with an average gain of nearly 15%.

    That track record is notable, although every market cycle is different and historical patterns are not guarantees. Still, the tendency for equities to strengthen once the midterm elections are behind them is an important factor for investors to consider.

    At the same time, seasonal and election-cycle trends should be viewed as historical averages rather than precise forecasts. The relatively small sample of roughly 75 observations since 1950 also means that a single unusually strong or weak year can materially influence the results. Ultimately, stock prices remain driven by corporate earnings, economic conditions, monetary policy, valuations, and investor sentiment.

    With the Federal Reserve, economic growth, and corporate earnings continuing to play the dominant roles, seasonality should therefore be considered one component of a broader investment framework rather than a standalone trading signal. Seasonal trends can provide useful context alongside fundamentals, valuations, and the macroeconomic environment, but they should not be treated as the primary catalyst for investment decisions.

    Conclusion and Asset Allocation Views

    September has historically been the weakest month for U.S. equities, and midterm election years have followed a similar pattern. As a result, some seasonal volatility over the coming weeks would not be surprising. History suggests, however, that September weakness can often prove temporary, particularly as markets approach the historically stronger portion of the midterm cycle and the typically favorable year that follows.

    We remain constructive on the outlook for the fourth quarter, supported by an improving macroeconomic backdrop and continued earnings growth. From a tactical standpoint, any seasonal or election-related pullback could therefore represent an opportunity to reassess and potentially adjust positioning rather than an automatic reason to adopt a more defensive stance.

  • War Resurges, Gold Slides: The Warning Sign Traders Can’t Ignore

    Friday’s breakdown below the rising support line marked the first major warning for gold, while Monday’s close confirmed the second as prices settled below the $4,500 level.

    Gold ended Monday at $4,481.50 and has since slipped toward $4,426, putting both bearish signals firmly in place. However, this weakness is viewed as temporary within the broader long-term bull market, with the next few months potentially resembling the consolidation seen in late 2012 and 2013 before the larger uptrend resumes.

    Silver Confirms the Bearish Signal

    Silver’s recent short-term strength proved short-lived. As expected, the metal has now fallen at roughly twice gold’s pace, resolving the earlier outperformance within a single session.

    Silver remains near its declining resistance line, but a decisive close back below that level could trigger a much sharper decline. The bearish setup is reinforced by several technical signals:

    • Silver has already broken below its rising support line.
    • Friday’s high occurred precisely where two support/resistance lines intersected, once again highlighting the importance of these technical levels.

    Dollar Breakout Adds Pressure

    The US Dollar Index has now closed above its declining resistance line for three consecutive sessions, confirming the recent breakout. With the dollar continuing to advance, the August decline in the greenback increasingly appears to have run its course.

    That development creates an unfavorable backdrop for precious metals. A stronger dollar, combined with rising oil prices and renewed inflation concerns, could keep downward pressure on gold and silver.

    Gold Falls Despite Renewed Conflict

    The most important signal from today’s session is how gold reacted when geopolitical tensions escalated again.

    The US and Iran exchanged strikes after roughly a month without direct attacks. US forces reportedly targeted Iranian rocket launchers on Larak Island, while Iran responded with missile and drone attacks against US facilities in Jordan and the UAE. Reports also indicated that a tanker struck mines and a bulk carrier was seized near Bandar Abbas, while President Trump renewed threats involving Kharg Island, a major Iranian oil-export hub.

    Brent crude climbed back above $90, yet gold fell by more than 1%.

    That reaction is significant. A month earlier, similar headlines triggered massive rallies in gold. This time, renewed fighting and a surge in oil prices failed to attract a sustained safe-haven bid.

    The market appears to be focusing instead on the inflationary impact of higher oil prices. Rising energy costs could keep inflation elevated, encouraging the Federal Reserve to maintain a hawkish stance. Combined with the confirmed dollar breakout, that pressure appears to be outweighing gold’s traditional geopolitical safe-haven appeal.

    The Bigger Picture

    Gold and silver are both showing increasingly bearish technical signals, while mining stocks are also moving lower. At the same time, the US dollar has confirmed its breakout and rising oil prices are reinforcing inflation concerns.

    The clearest takeaway is simple: when a major geopolitical escalation occurs and gold falls instead of rising, the market is sending a powerful signal that traders should not ignore.

  • Crypto Today: Bitcoin, Ethereum and XRP Struggle to Build on Gains Despite ETF Inflows

    • Bitcoin consolidates above $78,000 as ETF inflows return, helping support the broader bullish outlook.
    • Ethereum pauses near $2,450 while continued institutional demand provides underlying support.
    • XRP remains under pressure, with the 200-day EMA around $1.35 serving as a key support level.

    Institutional demand remains firm as Bitcoin, Ethereum and XRP consolidate

    Cryptocurrency markets are broadly moving sideways on Tuesday after their recent advance lost momentum amid renewed geopolitical tensions in the Middle East over the weekend. Bitcoin (BTC) is holding above the $78,000 level as buyers struggle to push the price higher. Ethereum (ETH) and XRP are also maintaining a neutral-to-bullish stance, trading above important support levels near $2,400 and $1.35, respectively.

    Institutional interest continues to support crypto assets

    Risk appetite has remained relatively strong in recent weeks, reflecting improving market sentiment. The Crypto Fear & Greed Index stood at 69 on Tuesday, up from 62 a day earlier, signaling a shift toward greater investor optimism.

    If this positive sentiment persists, stronger demand for cryptocurrency investment products could help offset downside pressure and increase the possibility of another recovery phase.

    Bitcoin spot ETFs attracted approximately $217 million in net inflows on Monday, reversing the $202 million in outflows recorded on Friday. According to SoSoValue, cumulative inflows have reached around $55 billion, while total net assets under management remain near $100 billion.

    Ethereum spot ETFs also continued to attract capital, recording approximately $88 million in inflows on Monday. The sustained demand highlights continued institutional interest in gaining exposure to Ethereum.

    Meanwhile, XRP spot ETFs recorded their tenth consecutive session of inflows, receiving nearly $6 million on Monday. Total cumulative inflows have climbed to approximately $1.66 billion, while average net assets under management remain around $1.45 billion.

    Technical Analysis: Bitcoin remains range-bound

    Bitcoin is trading near $78,324 and continues to hold comfortably above its major exponential moving averages (EMAs), preserving a constructive short-term trend despite the recent pause below its highs.

    The Relative Strength Index (RSI) is hovering close to 70, approaching overbought territory, while the Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) remains positive. Together, these indicators suggest that bullish momentum is still intact, although its strength has moderated.

    Bitcoin price by TradingView

    On the downside, the 50-day EMA near $70,046 represents the first major support area, followed by the 100-day EMA around $69,086. A deeper correction could bring these levels into focus as potential areas where buyers may attempt to defend the broader uptrend. The 200-day EMA near $72,351 also remains an important medium-term reference during a larger pullback.

    Altcoin Technical Analysis: Ethereum and XRP face limited upside momentum

    Ethereum continues to show a positive short-term structure, with price holding well above its 50-day, 100-day and 200-day EMAs, which are positioned between approximately $2,045 and $2,170.

    The RSI near 68 indicates solid bullish momentum but is approaching overbought territory. Meanwhile, the MACD has flattened around the zero line, suggesting that upside momentum remains positive but is beginning to lose strength.

    Immediate support is located around $2,458, while stronger downside protection comes from the 200-day EMA near $2,168, followed by the 50-day EMA at approximately $2,117 and the 100-day EMA around $2,047. This EMA cluster could provide a broader demand zone if Ethereum undergoes a deeper correction.

    Ethereum price by TradingView

    With no major resistance level immediately overhead on the daily chart, a renewed advance would likely depend on fresh buying pressure. However, the elevated RSI leaves room for consolidation or a pullback toward the EMA cluster before another attempt at higher levels.

    XRP continues to trade above its 200-day EMA near $1.35, keeping its broader technical structure constructive despite the recent retreat from higher levels. The 50-day and 100-day EMAs remain significantly below the current price around $1.21, while the RSI near 61 points to moderate bullish momentum without signaling overbought conditions.

    However, the MACD has turned slightly negative, indicating that upside momentum is fading rather than confirming a decisive trend reversal.

    Initial support is found around $1.37, followed by stronger structural support at the 200-day EMA near $1.35. A more significant decline could bring the $1.21 area into focus, where the 50-day and 100-day EMAs converge.

    The $1.37–$1.35 zone is therefore crucial for XRP in the near term. Holding above the 200-day EMA would preserve the broader bullish outlook, while a daily close below this level could signal a more significant deterioration in the underlying trend.

  • Silver Price Outlook: XAG/USD Falls Under $64.00 as Rising Inflation Concerns Weigh

    • Silver prices extend their decline as a global bond selloff pushes the 10-year US Treasury yield to a 2025 peak of 4.80%.
    • Escalating tensions between the US and Iran drive oil prices higher, raising concerns over potential disruptions to Middle Eastern energy supplies.
    • Mixed US economic indicators keep traders focused on upcoming employment data for further clues about the Federal Reserve’s policy outlook.

    Silver (XAG/USD) continues to weaken for a second consecutive session, trading near $63.40 per troy ounce during Wednesday’s Asian session. The non-yielding precious metal remains under pressure as a broad selloff in global bonds lifted the 10-year US Treasury yield to 4.80%, its highest level since early 2025. The rise in yields has renewed concerns about persistent inflation and the possibility of additional interest-rate hikes.

    Silver bars and coins, including Scottsdale Mint and Valcambi bars, on wooden table

    Inflation worries have also intensified following a sharp increase in crude oil prices amid growing tensions between the United States and Iran. The geopolitical escalation has raised fears of disruptions to energy supplies from the Middle East. TD Securities noted that the latest developments highlight the fragile nature of any agreements between the two sides, keeping geopolitical risk elevated and supporting a risk premium in oil markets.

    Meanwhile, US economic indicators have delivered mixed signals. July JOLTS job openings came in below expectations at 7.27 million, while the ISM Manufacturing PMI eased to 54.6 in August from 55.6 previously. Although the reading missed forecasts, it remained firmly above the 50 threshold, pointing to continued expansion in the manufacturing sector. Investors are now awaiting the ADP employment report and Friday’s nonfarm payrolls figures for clearer indications of the Federal Reserve’s next policy move.

    Fed’s Barr maintains a hawkish stance as inflation remains a concern

    Federal Reserve official Barr adopted a somewhat more hawkish tone, with the FXS Speechtracker scoring his remarks at 7/10, above the historical average of 6.8. He emphasized that inflation remains elevated despite a stable labor market and solid growth supported by artificial intelligence. His conditional guidance suggests the Fed could keep interest rates unchanged if inflation continues to ease, while leaving the door open to another hike should price pressures persist.

    XAGUSD chart by TradingView

    This stance points to a tightening-leaning policy reaction function and suggests the Fed has limited tolerance for a renewed acceleration in inflation, potentially providing continued support for the US Dollar.

    The FXS Fed Sentiment Index fell 0.42 points to 128.86, reflecting a modest decline in perceived hawkishness. However, the index remains well above the neutral 100 level, indicating that the broader Federal Reserve policy environment continues to favor a hawkish stance and may keep the Dollar supported against lower-yielding currencies.

  • Japanese Yen slides to its weakest level against the US Dollar since late July amid fiscal worries and widening rate differentials

    • USD/JPY remains supported by a mix of domestic and external factors.
    • Japan’s growing fiscal challenges and the persistent interest rate gap with the US continue to weigh on the Japanese Yen.
    • Expectations of further Fed tightening, alongside geopolitical uncertainty, are boosting demand for the US Dollar.

    The USD/JPY pair traded close to its strongest level since July 31 during Wednesday’s Asian session, hovering around the 160.25–160.30 area after recent gains.

    Pressure on the Japanese Yen intensified after a global bond selloff pushed Japan’s 10-year government bond yield to 3% for the first time since 1996. Rising borrowing costs are increasing concerns over the sustainability of Japan’s substantial debt burden, particularly as Prime Minister Sanae Takaichi pursues ambitious investment initiatives. These fiscal worries have weakened sentiment toward the Yen and provided additional support for USD/JPY.

    At the same time, US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent reiterated his view that the Bank of Japan should take stronger monetary action to address Yen weakness, reinforcing market expectations of a BoJ rate increase later this month. Despite the prospect of tighter policy, Japanese interest rates remain well below those in other major economies, especially the United States, preserving the attractiveness of Yen-funded carry trades and limiting support for the currency.

    BoJ Under Growing Pressure as Markets Await Policy Signals

    According to Rabobank strategist Jane Foley, scrutiny of the Bank of Japan has increased significantly as US officials continue to comment on Japanese monetary policy. She noted that Bessent recently intensified pressure on the central bank by expressing confidence that it would “do the right thing” and signaling a strong possibility of a rate hike later this month. Such remarks highlight the heightened focus on the BoJ’s next policy move as bond yields rise and the Yen remains under strain.

    Meanwhile, the US Dollar continues to benefit from safe-haven demand amid escalating tensions between the United States and Iran. Growing expectations that the Federal Reserve could raise interest rates again, fueled by concerns that higher oil prices may keep inflation elevated, have also strengthened the Greenback.

    Despite the favorable backdrop for USD/JPY, traders appear reluctant to make aggressive new bullish bets ahead of Friday’s US Nonfarm Payrolls report, which could provide important clues about the Fed’s policy outlook and the next directional move for the currency pair.

    Technical Analysis: USD/JPY

    USD/JPY maintains a positive short-term bias and is attempting to extend its advance after breaking above the key 200-period Simple Moving Average (SMA) on the 4-hour chart at 160.20. Sustained trading above this level suggests improving bullish momentum and keeps the focus on higher resistance targets.

    USDJPY chart by TradingView

    The first upside objective is the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement level at 160.64. A decisive break above this barrier could open the door toward the 78.6% retracement near 162.10, followed by the previous swing high around 163.96.

    On the downside, immediate support is located at the 200-period SMA around 160.20. Further weakness could see the pair test the 50% Fibonacci retracement at 159.62. A move below this level may accelerate selling pressure toward the 38.2% retracement at 158.59, with the 23.6% Fibonacci level near 157.32 serving as the next significant support zone.

    Overall, the technical outlook remains constructive while USD/JPY holds above the 160.20 region, though traders may remain cautious ahead of Friday’s US Nonfarm Payrolls report.

  • Euro remains above 1.1600 as traders await the latest Eurozone HICP inflation figures.

    EUR/USD edged higher to around 1.1620 during Tuesday’s early Asian session, maintaining its position above the key 1.1600 level as markets await the release of the Eurozone’s preliminary August HICP inflation figures.

    The Euro remains supported despite a firmer US Dollar, with traders closely watching the upcoming inflation data for clues about the European Central Bank’s next policy moves.

    In Germany, consumer inflation accelerated to 2.9% year-on-year in August, up from 2.8% in July and marking the third straight monthly increase. However, monthly CPI growth slowed to 0.2%, below the 0.3% market forecast.

    The ECB has already raised borrowing costs once, and markets are increasingly pricing in another rate hike at its September 10 meeting. Investors are also anticipating further monetary tightening into next year if inflation remains persistent.

    Meanwhile, hawkish signals from the Federal Reserve could limit EUR/USD’s upside. Traders have increased expectations for a September Fed rate hike after Kevin Warsh indicated that policymakers may need to take further action if they lack confidence that underlying inflation is moving back toward the 2% target.

    Warsh Provides Clearer Guidance on Fed Policy

    Scotiabank strategists noted that Warsh’s Jackson Hole remarks helped clarify his policy stance following the uncertainty surrounding his comments after the July FOMC meeting. His latest comments provided markets with a clearer signal ahead of the September policy decision.

    For EUR/USD, the focus now shifts to the Eurozone HICP inflation report, which could provide fresh direction for the pair and influence expectations for both ECB and Fed policy.

    Technical Analysis: EUR/USD

    On the daily chart, EUR/USD is trading around 1.1622, maintaining a mildly bullish structure. The pair has moved above the 20-period Bollinger Band midpoint at 1.1600 and the 100-day SMA near 1.1570, reinforcing the positive setup following its rebound from the mid-1.15 area.

    EURUSD chart by TradingView

    Momentum also remains supportive, with the 14-day RSI near 57, indicating continued buying interest while still staying comfortably below overbought territory.

    On the upside, the upper Bollinger Band around 1.1713 represents the next key resistance zone, where the pair could encounter some profit-taking. On the downside, 1.1600 serves as the first support level, followed by the 100-day SMA near 1.1570. A break below these levels could open the way toward the lower Bollinger Band around 1.1488, which represents a stronger potential demand zone.

  • WTI crude oil remains above $85.50 as escalating Middle East tensions raise concerns over global supply disruptions.

    • WTI prices rise as renewed US-Iran hostilities and threats against Kharg Island heighten concerns over disruptions to global crude supplies.
    • Strait of Hormuz risks intensify after a supertanker struck naval mines, underscoring the growing threats to one of the world’s most important oil transit routes.
    • Russian refinery attacks by Ukraine have reduced refining capacity, pushing fuel margins to record levels and adding further pressure to global energy markets.

    West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude advanced for a second consecutive session, trading near $85.60 per barrel during Tuesday’s Asian trading hours. The latest gains came as renewed conflict in the Middle East fueled fears that regional instability could disrupt oil production and transportation.

    Tensions escalated after US forces reportedly targeted Iranian rocket launchers on Larak Island, followed by Iranian attacks on targets in the UAE and Jordan. Concerns increased further after President Donald Trump warned of possible military action against Kharg Island, Iran’s key oil export terminal.

    The Strait of Hormuz has also emerged as a major source of supply risk. A supertanker reportedly caught fire after hitting two naval mines, highlighting the vulnerability of vessels operating through the strategic waterway. Despite the incident, oil shipments have continued, although major Gulf producers such as Saudi Arabia, the UAE, Kuwait, and Iraq are reportedly maintaining only partial flows.

    Meanwhile, attacks by Ukraine on Russian oil refineries have further reduced global refining capacity. The combination of tighter Middle Eastern supply prospects and weaker Russian refining operations has pushed refined-product margins to record highs, signaling growing strain across energy markets.

    US–Venezuela Oil Deal Adds Another Layer of Uncertainty

    Energy markets are also assessing claims of a new US–Venezuela oil agreement. BNY’s Wee Khoon Chong noted that President Trump has said the United States reached a deal that would give it majority control over more than 65 billion barrels of Venezuelan oil reserves.

    WTI chart by TradingView

    Trump has described the arrangement as coming at no cost to US taxpayers and argued that it could strengthen bilateral relations while helping reduce gasoline prices. However, the lack of clarity surrounding the agreement’s legal structure and implementation has left investors uncertain about when, or whether, the potential additional supply would reach global markets.

    With geopolitical risks rising and crude flows facing pressure from multiple regions, WTI remains supported above $85.50, while traders continue to closely monitor developments across the Middle East, Russia, and Venezuela.

  • Gold slips below $4,450 as rising Middle East tensions fuel inflation concerns

    Gold Slips as Fed Tightening Expectations Offset Safe-Haven Demand

    Gold (XAU/USD) retreated toward $4,445 during Tuesday’s Asian session, losing traction as escalating Middle East tensions fueled inflation worries and strengthened expectations that the Federal Reserve could raise interest rates again.

    Geopolitical risks intensified after renewed hostilities between the United States and Iran. President Donald Trump warned of a strong response against Tehran following a series of military exchanges, while Iran’s Revolutionary Guard claimed responsibility for attacks on U.S. military installations in the region. The U.S. military also confirmed strikes on Iranian rocket launch sites on Larak Island near the Strait of Hormuz. The developments have driven oil prices higher, adding to concerns that inflation could remain elevated.

    Markets are also reacting to increasingly hawkish signals from Fed Chair Kevin Warsh. Speaking at the Jackson Hole symposium, Warsh reaffirmed the central bank’s commitment to restoring inflation to its target and suggested policymakers are not yet convinced that price pressures are easing sufficiently. Rising energy costs have further reinforced concerns that inflation may remain stubborn.

    Rajeev De Mello, Global Macro Portfolio Manager at GAMA Asset Management, noted that investors were caught off guard by the Fed’s more hawkish tone, creating near-term pressure on gold prices.

    According to the CME FedWatch Tool, traders now see a 65.4% probability of a rate increase at the Fed’s September meeting, a sharp rise from roughly 39.9% before Warsh’s Jackson Hole remarks.

    Gold Faces Pressure as Markets Reprice Fed Outlook

    Analysts at TD Securities said gold has eased from recent highs as investors reassess the future path of U.S. monetary policy following Warsh’s comments. The market’s focus has shifted toward the possibility of tighter financial conditions and higher interest rates, which typically weigh on non-yielding assets such as gold.

    Hawkish Fed Signals Support the U.S. Dollar

    Warsh delivered one of the strongest inflation-focused messages seen in recent months, emphasizing that the Fed still has work to do before inflation is fully under control. He stressed that the central bank’s 2% PCE inflation target remains non-negotiable and indicated that current financial conditions are not restrictive enough to guarantee inflation’s return to target.

    The broader policy outlook remains firmly hawkish, with the Fed Sentiment Index holding at elevated levels. This reinforces expectations that the central bank will continue prioritizing price stability, a stance that is likely to support the U.S. Dollar and limit upside potential for gold in the near term.

    Technical Analysis: Gold (XAU/USD)

    From a technical perspective, gold maintains a moderately bullish outlook on the daily timeframe, with prices continuing to trade above both the 100-day Moving Average (MA) at $4,370.48 and the 20-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) at $4,430.23, which serves as the midpoint of the Bollinger Bands. This positioning suggests that the broader uptrend remains intact despite recent consolidation.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    Momentum indicators also support a constructive bias. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) is currently at 54, indicating neutral-to-positive momentum. While buying interest remains present, the reading is well below overbought territory, leaving room for further upside if bullish sentiment strengthens.

    On the upside, the next major hurdle is located near the upper Bollinger Band at $4,723.68. A sustained move above current levels could bring this resistance zone into focus, although profit-taking activity may emerge as prices approach the area.

    On the downside, initial support is seen around the 20-day SMA near $4,430, followed by stronger support at the 100-day MA around $4,370.48. Should selling pressure intensify, the lower Bollinger Band at $4,136.78 could provide a deeper layer of support and help limit downside losses.

    Overall, the technical picture remains favorable for gold as long as prices hold above the key moving averages, though traders will continue to monitor Fed expectations and geopolitical developments for the next directional catalyst.

  • Gold Price Outlook: XAU/USD Consolidates as Markets Await Fed Guidance

    Gold held near $4,600 per ounce on Friday, putting the precious metal on track to finish the week with little overall change. Investors are now focused on Fed Chair Kevin Warsh’s remarks at the annual Jackson Hole Economic Symposium, looking for clues about the Federal Reserve’s upcoming interest-rate decisions.

    Current market pricing suggests roughly a 65% probability that the Fed will leave rates unchanged in September. However, stronger-than-anticipated US inflation has increased expectations for another rate increase before the end of the year, with the implied probability of a hike by December still above 70%.

    Gold is also receiving support from the so-called debasement trade, as investors seek assets that can preserve value amid currency depreciation and growing government debt. The US Treasury’s expanded bond-buyback program has raised additional concerns about the sustainability of US debt, while also placing renewed pressure on the dollar.

    The geopolitical environment remains uncertain as well. Oil prices are staying elevated amid renewed tensions involving Russia, even as there are indications of diplomatic progress in the Middle East.

    Technical Analysis

    On the H4 XAU/USD chart, gold is consolidating around the $4,605 level. The technical setup points to a possible decline toward $4,511 in the near term, followed by a potential recovery toward $4,605 before another downward move toward $4,420.

    The MACD indicator supports this bearish scenario. Its signal line remains above the zero line but is moving lower, suggesting that short-term downward momentum is still present.

    On the H1 chart, XAU/USD recently completed a decline toward $4,564, followed by a corrective rebound to around $4,600. The market is now developing a broader consolidation pattern above the $4,564 support area.

    A break below this range could trigger another move toward $4,511, with the potential for an extension toward $4,500.

    The Stochastic oscillator also favors the downside, with its signal line below the 20 level and continuing to move lower. This indicates that short-term selling pressure remains dominant.

    Conclusion

    Gold remains relatively stable ahead of Fed Chair Kevin Warsh’s Jackson Hole speech, with investors looking for clearer signals about the direction of US monetary policy. Although markets currently expect interest rates to remain unchanged in September, persistent inflation has kept the possibility of a year-end rate hike above 70%.

    At the same time, concerns surrounding currency depreciation, rising US debt, and debt sustainability continue to provide underlying support for gold. Geopolitical developments involving Russia and the Middle East are adding another layer of uncertainty to the broader market.

    From a technical perspective, gold could face near-term downside toward $4,511 and potentially $4,500. The H4 setup suggests that a temporary rebound toward $4,605 could follow before another decline toward $4,420.

    The market’s next major direction will likely depend on Warsh’s Jackson Hole comments and upcoming US economic data, which could provide important clues about the Fed’s policy path and gold’s next significant move.

  • How Investor Psychology May Be Hurting Your Investment Returns

    Investor psychology is the second chapter in a five-part series exploring the common narratives surrounding the idea of “investing for the long term.”

    Key Takeaways

    In the first article, we identified the next obstacle investors must overcome: themselves.

    You can understand valuation models, master financial metrics, and learn the principles that supposedly determine investment success. Yet you can still give a significant portion of your returns back to the market for one simple reason: you are human.

    Human beings are naturally wired to respond to danger, follow the crowd, and place greater weight on recent experiences. Those instincts may have helped our ancestors survive, but they can become destructive when applied to an investment portfolio.

    There is another problem, too. Markets can gradually train investors to develop certain reactions until those behaviors begin to feel like sound financial judgment.

    One enemy is how we are naturally wired. The other is how the market has conditioned us.

    This is where investor psychology becomes especially important.

    You May Be Your Own Biggest Investment Risk

    One of the most uncomfortable realities in investing is that the average investor often earns less than the very funds they own.

    A fund may generate a strong return, yet the investor holding that fund captures a smaller portion of it. This pattern has appeared repeatedly over time.

    Morningstar’s annual “Mind the Gap” study highlights this behavior. In its 2025 edition, covering the decade through the end of 2024, the average dollar invested in U.S. funds earned roughly 7.0% annually, compared with approximately 8.2% for the funds themselves.

    That difference amounts to around 1.2 percentage points per year.

    The shortfall is not necessarily caused by excessive fees. Much of it comes from investor behavior: buying after prices have already risen, selling after markets have already fallen, and repeating the process.

    At first glance, a 1.2% annual difference may seem insignificant. Over 30 years, however, the effect becomes substantial. On an initial $100,000 investment, such a gap can amount to roughly $300,000 in lost wealth.

    Of course, researchers debate how much of the performance gap is caused by poor timing versus the normal mechanics of when investors contribute or withdraw money. Not every percentage point can be blamed entirely on emotional decision-making.

    But one principle remains clear: emotional trading tends to hurt investors, and excessive trading generally makes the problem worse.

    The investors who interfere with their portfolios the least often have the best chance of retaining more of their investment gains.

    The Emotional Cycle That Repeats

    Why do intelligent and experienced investors repeatedly buy near market highs and sell near market lows?

    Because the decision often feels completely reasonable at the time.

    Market cycles tend to follow a familiar emotional pattern. After prices rise for an extended period, confidence grows. Gains appear easy, other investors seem successful, and optimism spreads.

    Eventually, that confidence can become euphoria—the stage associated with some of the highest financial risk.

    At the opposite extreme, after a major decline, investors become discouraged and fearful. They may decide that stocks are simply too dangerous and swear off investing altogether.

    Ironically, that period of despondency can coincide with some of the market’s greatest opportunities.

    The problem is that investor psychology often points in the wrong direction.

    Market veteran Bob Farrell summarized the phenomenon decades ago: investors tend to become most enthusiastic near market tops and most reluctant near market bottoms.

    That does not happen because investors are unintelligent. It happens because rising markets feel safe, while falling markets feel dangerous.

    Howard Marks has made a similar observation: when virtually nobody believes markets are risky, most potential buyers may already be invested, leaving fewer new buyers to push prices higher.

    Four Psychological Biases That Can Damage Returns

    Investor behavior is influenced by numerous cognitive biases, but four are particularly important when it comes to investment decisions:

    1. Loss aversion
    2. Recency bias
    3. Confirmation bias
    4. Herding

    Understanding these biases is the first step toward recognizing them before they affect your portfolio.

    1. Loss Aversion

    Loss aversion is one of the most powerful forces influencing investors.

    Research associated with Daniel Kahneman demonstrated that people generally experience the pain of losing money much more intensely than the pleasure of gaining the same amount.

    That imbalance can make investors reluctant to sell losing investments.

    Imagine a stock that has fallen 40%. Selling would make the loss official, so investors often continue holding the position in the hope that it eventually recovers.

    Instead of making a rational assessment of the investment’s future prospects, they become emotionally attached to avoiding the realization of the loss.

    The problem is that refusing to sell does not eliminate the loss. It simply keeps capital tied up in the position.

    A better approach is to establish your investment criteria and exit rules before purchasing an asset. Decisions made in advance are usually less influenced by fear, hope, or regret.

    Selling then becomes part of a predefined process rather than an emotional reaction.

    2. Recency Bias

    Recency bias occurs when investors assume that recent events will continue indefinitely.

    After an asset has delivered impressive gains, investors may begin to believe that further gains are almost inevitable. That perception often attracts even more money after prices have already risen substantially.

    The same phenomenon occurs in reverse.

    Following a severe decline, investors may conclude that the asset is permanently damaged and avoid it even when valuations have become more attractive.

    As a result, investors can repeatedly buy yesterday’s winners at elevated prices and sell yesterday’s losers after prices have already declined.

    One way to counter this tendency is to expand your time horizon.

    A three-year period of strong performance can look very different when compared with two decades of historical data. Rather than focusing primarily on recent returns, investors should consider valuation, long-term fundamentals, and where the current price stands relative to historical norms.

    Historically, assets that are inexpensive and unpopular have often offered more attractive opportunities than assets that are already expensive and universally admired.

    3. Confirmation Bias

    Confirmation bias can be particularly dangerous because it often looks like thorough research.

    Once investors own an asset—or become emotionally committed to buying it—they naturally begin searching for information that supports their existing view.

    Bullish articles receive attention while bearish arguments are dismissed. Social media feeds become increasingly personalized, creating an echo chamber where investors hear mostly from people who agree with them.

    The danger is that this process can create the illusion of research without genuine challenge.

    Instead of testing an investment thesis, investors may simply be collecting evidence that makes them feel correct.

    A useful countermeasure is deliberately seeking out the strongest argument against your position.

    Find someone intelligent who believes you are wrong and seriously consider their reasoning. If you cannot explain the opposing argument accurately, you may not fully understand your own investment thesis.

    Reducing the noise from social media and avoiding ideological echo chambers can also improve decision-making.

    4. Herding

    Herding is one of the oldest human instincts and can be extremely costly in financial markets.

    Throughout human history, staying with the group often increased the chances of survival. In investing, however, following the crowd does not automatically provide safety.

    When everyone is buying an increasingly expensive asset, joining the crowd may feel sensible.

    When everyone is selling, standing aside can feel reckless.

    But markets often become most vulnerable at extremes, precisely when the majority appears most confident.

    When a particular investment becomes popular, obvious, and universally recommended, that should not automatically make you more comfortable.

    It should make you ask harder questions.

    When an investment decision feels effortless and everyone appears to agree, that may be the moment when additional scrutiny is most valuable.

    Markets Can Train Investors to React Automatically

    Investor psychology is not only about natural human instincts. It is also shaped by experience.

    The concept is similar to Pavlov’s famous conditioning experiments. Repeatedly pairing a signal with a reward can eventually produce an automatic response.

    Financial markets can create a similar pattern.

    Over many years, investors may see market declines followed by recoveries. Policymakers intervene, liquidity returns, economic conditions improve, or momentum eventually turns upward.

    After experiencing this cycle repeatedly, investors can become conditioned to respond automatically whenever markets fall.

    The sequence becomes:

    Market falls → buy the dip → market recovers → repeat.

    Eventually, investors may stop analyzing whether the current situation is actually different.

    This can create a form of moral hazard—the assumption that someone or something will eventually protect you from the consequences of taking excessive risk.

    The danger is that a strategy can appear increasingly intelligent simply because it has worked repeatedly in the past.

    Every successful dip-buying experience reinforces confidence in the strategy.

    But conditioning becomes particularly dangerous near market peaks, after investors have enjoyed a long sequence of successful recoveries.

    The problem is that eventually a decline arrives that does not quickly reverse.

    The Investment “Awards” You Do Not Want

    Once natural instincts and market conditioning are combined, investors can develop a collection of behaviors that look like virtues but often damage long-term returns.

    Being loyal to a losing investment is not the same as being loyal to a sound investment process.

    Taking the greatest possible risk is not automatically the same as identifying the greatest opportunity.

    And claiming to be a “long-term investor” only when an investment is underwater may simply be a way of rationalizing a bad decision.

    As investor Jeremy Grantham has argued, investors are rewarded for buying assets at attractive prices—not simply for accepting greater risk.

    A useful way to think about portfolio management is to compare it with gardening.

    A good gardener does not keep a dying plant simply because they have become emotionally attached to it. They remove what is failing, prune what has become excessive, and create more room for healthy growth.

    A portfolio requires similar maintenance.

    Selling a losing investment is not necessarily an admission of failure. Sometimes it is simply good portfolio management.

    There is no reward for allowing weak investments to consume capital merely because you are unwilling to let them go.

    How to Overcome Both Enemies

    The biggest challenge with investor psychology is that you cannot simply switch off your instincts.

    You cannot eliminate fear, greed, or emotional reactions through willpower alone. Nor can you instantly undo years of conditioning.

    The practical solution is to create an investment process that operates independently of your emotions.

    That means establishing rules before emotions take control.

    Define your entry criteria. Determine your risk limits. Establish when you will sell. Review your portfolio based on predetermined principles rather than reacting to every headline or market movement.

    The market does not necessarily take your money from you.

    In many cases, investors give away their potential returns gradually through emotional decisions—buying because of greed near market highs or selling because of fear near market lows.

    Perhaps the most valuable investment skill is therefore not finding the perfect analysis.

    It is having the discipline to do nothing when your emotions are demanding action.

    But discipline works best when it is supported by a clear process.

    The next stage of understanding investor psychology is to examine the mathematics behind these mistakes.

    A 50% decline requires a 100% gain simply to return to the starting point. The valuation you pay today can have a major influence on the returns you earn over the following decade. And for investors approaching retirement, the sequence in which returns occur can matter just as much as the average return itself.

    Those are the numbers investors cannot afford to ignore.

  • Point of Control Trading: 4 Strategies to Identify Better Trade Setups

    Most traders focus heavily on price action.

    However, price alone does not always reveal where the market considers fair value or where buyers and sellers are most willing to transact.

    This is where Point of Control (POC) trading becomes useful.

    The POC is the price level where the highest amount of volume was traded during a particular period. On a volume profile, it is typically represented by the longest horizontal bar.

    In simple terms, it shows the price where the market conducted the most business.

    Because of this, POC can serve as an important reference for identifying areas of value, potential mean-reversion targets, and whether the market is accepting or rejecting a particular price level.

    Here are four practical ways to use it.

    1. Use the POC as a Mean-Reversion Target

    The first approach is relatively straightforward.

    When the market is trading within a balanced range and price moves significantly away from the POC, that level can sometimes act as a magnet, drawing price back toward it.

    For example, suppose the NQ spends much of the morning trading near 20,500, establishing that level as the session’s POC.

    Price then climbs toward 20,560, but the rally loses momentum. Buyers fail to extend the move, and selling pressure begins to emerge.

    If price subsequently starts moving back into the previous trading range, 20,500 becomes a logical potential target.

    However, traders should not automatically short simply because price has moved above the POC.

    The key is to wait for evidence that the move is being rejected.

    That confirmation could come from a failed breakout, a reversal candlestick, weakening momentum, or price moving back into the value area.

    In other words, allow the market to demonstrate that the move has failed before using the POC as the target.

    2. Pay Attention to Price Action Around the POC

    The POC should not automatically be considered either support or resistance.

    What matters most is how price behaves when it reaches the level.

    If price touches the POC and quickly reverses, the market may be rejecting that price.

    On the other hand, if price moves through the POC, returns to it, crosses it again, and begins spending significant time on both sides, that suggests the market is accepting the level.

    This difference can completely change the trading approach.

    For instance, imagine price has remained below the POC throughout the morning before eventually breaking above it and holding there.

    That behavior suggests buyers are becoming comfortable transacting at higher prices.

    Rather than immediately fading the breakout, traders could wait for a pullback toward the POC and observe whether the level now acts as support.

    This creates a clearer and more objective decision point.

    3. Combine the POC With VAH and VAL

    The POC becomes even more valuable when it is used alongside the Value Area High (VAH) and Value Area Low (VAL).

    The value area represents the range where the majority of trading activity occurred.

    This gives traders three important reference levels:

    • VAH: The upper boundary of the value area
    • POC: The price level with the highest traded volume
    • VAL: The lower boundary of the value area

    One particularly useful setup occurs when price briefly moves outside the value area but then returns inside.

    For example, price may break below VAL but fail to continue lower. If buyers regain control and push price back above VAL, the POC can become the first logical upside target.

    If price reaches the POC and breaks through it with strong momentum, VAH may become the next level to monitor.

    This approach creates a structured trading framework in which price moves from one clearly defined reference level to another.

    4. Use the POC for Trade Management

    The POC is not only useful for finding entries. It can also play an important role in managing open positions.

    When trading a move back toward the value area, the POC can provide a logical location for taking partial profits.

    Likewise, when trading a breakout, a successful retest of the POC can offer additional confirmation that the new move is holding.

    Instead of making decisions based purely on emotion or guesswork, traders can use the POC as a predefined level for evaluating whether to hold, reduce, or adjust a position.

    The Biggest Mistake When Trading the POC

    The most important thing to remember is that the POC is not a magical support or resistance line.

    Price does not have to reverse whenever it reaches the level.

    The POC should be analyzed alongside other market information, including market structure, trend direction, VWAP, previous highs and lows, opening-range levels, and momentum.

    The Point of Control tells you where the market has conducted the greatest amount of business.

    More importantly, how price behaves when it reaches that level can provide clues about what the market may do next.

  • Bitcoin Consolidates Near $79,000 as Bulls Lose Momentum and Breakout Risk Builds

    This article is regularly updated throughout market hours.

    Bitcoin is trading around $79,037 on the 5-hour chart, with bullish momentum fading while the broader trend remains supported. Buyers and sellers are increasingly battling for control, and a decisive move outside the current range could lead to a sharp breakout or breakdown.

    Momentum Stalls as Market Risk Increases

    Bitcoin’s latest rally appears to have run into resistance near $81,330, pushing the price back toward $79,037 and creating a pattern of lower highs. Despite this short-term weakness, the broader bullish structure remains intact, with Bitcoin still trading 16.6% above the 200-period SMA at $67,755.70.

    However, several indicators are pointing to reduced buying strength. The MACD has produced a bearish crossover, while the RSI has eased to 58.7, suggesting that bullish momentum is losing steam. At the same time, declining trading volume and repeated doji candles indicate growing uncertainty as neither buyers nor sellers have established clear control.

    Bitcoin Outlook: Breakout or Breakdown?

    ScenarioBullish AggressiveBullish ConservativeBearish AggressiveBearish Conservative
    Entry TriggerClose above $79,500Rebound near $77,500Test of $80,500Close below $76,800
    Stop Loss$76,000$76,000$81,500$81,500
    Targets$80,000 / $81,300 / $83,000Same$77,500 / $75,100 / $72,350Same
    Risk/Reward1.66 / 2.53 / 3.66Higher RR3.00 / 5.40 / 8.15Higher RR
    ConfidenceMediumMediumLowLow
    Best Suited ForBreakout tradersPatient bullsRange tradersTrend followers
    • Bullish setup: Buyers would need a convincing move above $79,500, or a strong bounce from the $77,500 region, where SMA(50) and SuperTrend support are concentrated.
    • Bearish setup: Sellers could look for rejection around $80,500, or a breakdown below $76,800, which would signal a loss of SuperTrend support.
    • Risk management: Stop-loss levels are positioned around key structural pivots to limit downside exposure.
    • Price targets: Initial objectives are based on recent range highs and lows, while extended targets align with psychological and Fibonacci levels.
    • Risk/reward: The potential reward remains attractive across the setups. However, bearish trades carry lower confidence because the broader trend continues to show resilience.

    Bitcoin Technical Levels to Monitor

    • Key support: $77,000–$77,500, a zone tested multiple times and reinforced by SuperTrend and SMA(50).
    • Major resistance: $80,500–$81,300, covering recent highs and the upper Bollinger Band.
    • Neutral zone: $78,000–$80,000, where choppy price action and false breakouts are more likely.

    The bullish outlook remains intact above $76,979, the current SuperTrend level. A decisive move below this threshold could open the door to a deeper mean-reversion move toward $75,100 and potentially $72,350, based on Fibonacci levels and the top of the Ichimoku cloud.

    Bitcoin price by TradingView

    Risk Radar: Potential Traps and Warning Signals

    • Bull Trap Risk: A failed breakout above $80,500 could quickly turn into a sharp decline. Traders should look for strong volume confirmation before treating an upside breakout as reliable.
    • Bearish MACD Signal: The bearish MACD crossover is an important warning sign, as weakening momentum despite higher price levels suggests sellers may be gradually gaining influence.
    • Falling Volume: A breakout accompanied by weak volume would carry less credibility and increase the risk of a false move.

    Key Takeaway: Patience Could Be the Best Strategy

    When Bitcoin consolidates within a narrow range following a strong rally, waiting for confirmation can be more effective than trading inside the middle of the range. Entering too early can expose traders to repeated whipsaws as price moves in both directions.

    A confirmed breakout or breakdown provides greater clarity and a stronger basis for taking a position. Until then, mean-reversion trades should be approached cautiously, with the key support and resistance zones serving as the main levels to watch.

  • Wall Street’s Top Analyst Calls This Week

    Monday – Chipotle Mexican Grill Cut to Neutral, Target Reduced to $40

    What happened: Baird downgraded Chipotle Mexican Grill (NYSE: CMG) from Outperform to Neutral and lowered its price target from $44 to $40.

    Why it matters: The brokerage believes Chipotle now needs to invest more aggressively just to generate modest sales growth, limiting its ability to expand margins. The broader fast-casual restaurant sector continues to face weak consumer demand, pressured by high fuel costs, economic uncertainty, and tighter budgets among lower-income customers. While some competitors have managed to perform well under the same conditions, Baird argues that challenging environments tend to highlight differences in execution and value offerings. As consumers become more selective, market share is increasingly shifting toward brands that combine affordability with operational excellence.

    Tuesday – Zoom Communications Raised to Buy at Benchmark

    What happened: Benchmark upgraded Zoom Video Communications (NASDAQ: ZM) to Buy.

    Why it matters: Analysts highlighted Zoom’s stable enterprise customer base and strong operating margins of roughly 24.6%, which provide a solid foundation during uncertain market conditions. Beyond its video conferencing business, Zoom’s sizable cash reserves and early investment in AI startup Anthropic are viewed as significant growth opportunities. If Anthropic eventually pursues an IPO, Benchmark believes the market could assign greater value to Zoom’s investment holdings, creating upside that is not fully reflected in current expectations.

    Wednesday – AMD Upgraded to Strong Buy, Target Raised to $641

    What happened: Raymond James upgraded Advanced Micro Devices (NASDAQ: AMD) from Outperform to Strong Buy and increased its price target to $641.

    Why it matters: The firm sees stronger-than-expected demand for AMD’s server CPUs, delaying earlier forecasts that GPUs would become the company’s largest data-center revenue contributor by late 2026. Raymond James expects data-center sales to roughly double in 2027 before maintaining strong growth into 2028. CPUs are projected to account for more than one-third of AMD’s total revenue, helping the company surpass Intel in server CPU revenue. Although near-term earnings estimates were adjusted lower, the firm believes AMD’s long-term growth potential in both processors and AI accelerators supports significantly higher earnings power over time.

    Thursday – First Solar Upgraded to Outperform, Target Set at $263

    What happened: BMO Capital Markets upgraded First Solar (NASDAQ: FSLR) to Outperform with a $263 price target.

    Why it matters: BMO sees First Solar as a major beneficiary of U.S. domestic manufacturing incentives and expanding utility-scale solar projects. The company’s backlog is fully booked beyond 2027, providing strong visibility into future pricing and revenue. In addition, rising electricity demand from AI-focused data centers is encouraging more utility power purchase agreements, creating favorable conditions for continued solar deployment and module shipments.

    Friday – Workday Upgraded to Buy at Guggenheim

    What happened: Guggenheim upgraded Workday (NASDAQ: WDAY) to Buy.

    Why it matters: The firm cited growing adoption of Workday’s human capital management and financial management platforms, with customers increasingly purchasing multiple products. AI-powered workflow tools are also contributing to higher contract values and improved renewal performance. Guggenheim expects stronger operating leverage to support mid-teen subscription revenue growth while driving further margin expansion in the coming years.

  • Weekly Forex Outlook: Markets Face Resistance as Hawkish Fed Signals Temper Risk Appetite

    Silver

    Silver attempted to extend its rally during the week but struggled to maintain momentum above the $70 mark. Renewed concerns over U.S. interest rates and comments from Federal Reserve Chairman Kevin Warsh shifted sentiment, prompting traders to reassess expectations for future monetary policy.

    The $70 level now appears to be a significant resistance zone, and the metal could remain under pressure in the near term while markets digest the Fed’s outlook.

    Nasdaq 100

    The Nasdaq 100 experienced considerable volatility throughout the week, ultimately remaining trapped within a broad consolidation range. Despite short-term uncertainty and lingering concerns among investors, strong corporate earnings continue to support the longer-term bullish trend.

    Traders may look for fresh buying opportunities after the recent pullback, although caution remains elevated.

    Gold

    Gold pushed toward the $4,700 level but failed to establish a decisive breakout. Hawkish remarks from Fed Chair Kevin Warsh unsettled financial markets and increased focus on the critical $4,500 support area.

    This psychologically important level could determine the next major move, with a sustained break lower potentially triggering a deeper correction.

    AUD/USD

    The Australian dollar initially advanced but quickly surrendered gains, forming a bearish weekly candlestick pattern that reflects growing hesitation among buyers. With the pair approaching the upper boundary of its longer-term trading range and technical indicators signaling overbought conditions, downside risks are increasing. Key support remains near the 0.69 level.

    USD/MXN

    The U.S. dollar strengthened notably against the Mexican peso, particularly toward the end of the week.

    While Mexico still offers a favorable interest-rate advantage, expectations that the Federal Reserve could maintain a restrictive stance for longer have boosted demand for the greenback. The 17.00 area remains an important technical level that traders continue to monitor closely.

    GBP/USD

    Sterling lost momentum during the week as markets reacted to unexpectedly hawkish signals from the Federal Reserve.

    After testing a major resistance zone on the higher time-frame charts, GBP/USD appears vulnerable to remaining within its established range. Unless new catalysts emerge, range-bound trading may continue in the weeks ahead.

    EUR/USD

    The euro retreated sharply after failing to sustain gains above the 1.17 level, a price area that has repeatedly acted as resistance.

    Investors increasingly favor the U.S. dollar as interest-rate expectations continue to support the greenback. If the policy gap between the Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank widens further, additional pressure on EUR/USD could follow.

    BTC/USD

    Bitcoin reversed course dramatically late in the week, raising questions about the strength of the recent rally.

    Although the broader trend remains constructive, the inability to decisively overcome the $80,000 threshold suggests bullish momentum may be fading. Traders will be watching closely to see whether a deeper pullback develops, with the $80,000 level continuing to act as a major obstacle.

  • Bitcoin Faces Key $81,081 Resistance at the 50-Week Moving Average

    Bitcoin is trading around $80,255, up 2.33% over the past 24 hours and more than 1% since midnight UTC. The cryptocurrency has held above the $80,000 level on a sustained basis for the first time since May. With approximately 19.82 million BTC in circulation, its market capitalization has climbed to roughly $1.59 trillion.

    The latest advance has been rapid. Bitcoin surged 23% last week, marking its strongest weekly gain in three years, and has risen about 27% over the past month. From its June low near $58,756, the cryptocurrency has gained roughly 38%. Despite the recovery, Bitcoin remains around 36% below its October 2025 record high of $126,021 and approximately 14% lower year to date.

    Price action has remained volatile, with Bitcoin briefly exceeding $80,000 before retreating toward $79,475 and later recovering above $80,000. Over the past two sessions, the trading range has extended from approximately $78,600 to $81,100.

    The technical picture above the current price is becoming increasingly challenging. The previous swing high is located at $82,850, while the 50-week moving average stands at $81,081. The average cost basis of US spot Bitcoin ETFs is estimated between $80,000 and $82,000, while nearly 8% of Bitcoin’s total supply was acquired within this range.

    Below the current price, support appears more clearly defined. The 78.6% Fibonacci retracement of the $82,850–$57,800 decline is positioned near $77,489. Further support comes from the 200-day EMA around $72,799 and the 50-day EMA near $67,760. The $75,000–$76,000 region has already been tested and successfully defended.

    Bitcoin has yet to confirm a full breakout. Instead, it is approaching one of the strongest overhead supply zones in its recent trading history, supported by eight consecutive sessions of ETF inflows. The next move through the $80,000–$82,000 area could be decisive for the market’s direction over the coming months.

    Treasury Buybacks Trigger Powerful Bitcoin Rally

    The catalyst behind Bitcoin’s latest surge came primarily from traditional financial markets rather than the cryptocurrency sector.

    On August 19, the US Treasury announced plans to at least double government bond buybacks to a minimum of $4 billion per operation between September 9 and November 4, focusing on longer-dated maturities. The announcement came after long-term bond yields had risen sharply, with yields reaching multi-year highs across the US, Japan, Germany and France.

    Bitcoin had been trading within a six-week range, with prices near $64,103 as recently as August 18. The Treasury announcement helped break that range, triggering more than $3 billion in short liquidations on August 19 alone.

    The rally subsequently accelerated as bearish positions were forced to cover. Bitcoin had become a popular short trade amid elevated real yields, and the Treasury intervention weakened the underlying argument behind that positioning. Forced buying across spot and perpetual markets then amplified the move.

    By August 24, Bitcoin had reclaimed $80,000 for the first time since May. The cryptocurrency subsequently experienced another sharp move above $81,000 before profit-taking pushed it back toward $78,500.

    The Treasury’s buyback program continues to provide a supportive backdrop for risk assets, while the US national debt has surpassed $40 trillion. This combination of fiscal concerns, bond-market intervention and shifting yields remains an important macro factor for Bitcoin.

    $80,000–$82,000 Represents a Major Supply Zone

    One of the most important factors for Bitcoin in the near term is the concentration of previously purchased coins around current prices.

    Realized price distribution data indicates that nearly 8% of Bitcoin’s total supply was acquired between $80,000 and $82,000, representing one of the largest concentrations across the cryptocurrency’s historical price distribution.

    Bitcoin price by TradingView

    Approximately 5% of total supply is concentrated around the $80,000 level, while the $82,000 area also represents a significant accumulation zone. The $78,000 level contains another major concentration, accounting for roughly 3.7% of supply.

    This means a large volume of Bitcoin is approaching breakeven after spending months below its acquisition price. Holders who endured a substantial drawdown may be more inclined to sell once their positions return to cost, potentially creating additional resistance.

    US spot Bitcoin ETF investors face a similar dynamic, with the average acquisition cost also estimated around the $80,000–$82,000 range.

    By contrast, the downside structure is more supportive. More than 6% of Bitcoin’s supply is concentrated between $60,000 and $63,000, creating a significant historical demand zone. This area could serve as an important structural floor if the current rally loses momentum.

    The 50-Week Moving Average at $81,081 Is a Key Technical Test

    The 50-week moving average, currently near $81,081, is one of the most closely watched technical levels for Bitcoin.

    Bitcoin has remained below this indicator since November 2025. Historically, major recoveries above the 50-week moving average in 2020 and 2023 were followed by sustained bullish cycles. While the historical sample is limited, the level remains an important reference point for longer-term trend analysis.

    Bitcoin recently moved marginally above its 50-week exponential moving average, but a more decisive move above the 50-week simple moving average would provide a stronger bullish signal.

    The challenge is that the moving average sits directly inside the $80,000–$82,000 supply zone. A major trend indicator and a significant cost-basis cluster are therefore converging within a narrow price range.

    Momentum indicators are also stretched. The 14-day RSI has remained above 80, indicating strongly overbought conditions, while the daily MACD has expanded significantly above its signal line. Composite technical indicators remain tilted toward the bullish side.

    However, overbought conditions alone do not necessarily signal an imminent reversal. A pullback toward $77,489 or even the 200-day EMA near $72,799 could represent a normal consolidation rather than a breakdown, particularly if Bitcoin subsequently establishes support above the 50-week moving average.

    Bitcoin ETF Inflows Strengthen the Rally

    The latest ETF data provides another important source of support.

    US spot Bitcoin ETFs have recorded eight consecutive sessions of net inflows, with cumulative inflows reaching approximately $2.8 billion. August inflows have exceeded $3 billion, making it the strongest month for Bitcoin ETFs so far in 2026.

    Daily inflows accelerated significantly during the rally, including approximately $297.5 million on August 17, $186.4 million on August 18, $517 million on August 19 and $606 million on August 20.

    Total net assets across US spot Bitcoin ETFs have risen to more than $99 billion, compared with roughly $77 billion in mid-August. However, much of this increase reflects Bitcoin’s price appreciation rather than new capital inflows.

    Despite August’s strong performance, Bitcoin ETFs remain approximately $2.5 billion net negative for 2026. The recent inflows have recovered a significant portion of the capital that exited the products between May and July.

    The demand is not limited to Bitcoin. Ethereum ETFs have also recorded eight consecutive sessions of inflows, while several smaller crypto products linked to XRP, Hyperliquid and Solana have attracted additional capital.

    This suggests that the current move is being supported by spot demand rather than relying entirely on leveraged derivatives.

    BlackRock’s IBIT Leads ETF Demand

    BlackRock’s iShares Bitcoin Trust (IBIT) has accounted for a substantial share of recent ETF inflows.

    IBIT attracted approximately $1.3 billion during the previous week and accounted for a significant portion of total US spot Bitcoin ETF demand. Its month-to-date inflows have reached roughly $2.64 billion, the strongest monthly performance since October 2025.

    The fund’s share price has also closely tracked Bitcoin’s rally, with IBIT recording a weekly gain of more than 22% and reaching record trading activity during the advance.

    Another notable development is the growth of in-kind ETF conversions. IBIT had recorded roughly $5 billion in in-kind conversions by August 26, compared with $3 billion in October 2025.

    The minimum transaction size for these conversions was reduced from $25 million to $1 million, making the mechanism accessible to a broader group of professional investors and high-net-worth participants.

    In-kind conversions allow investors to move Bitcoin directly into ETF structures without selling the underlying asset in the traditional market. This could reduce the amount of immediately liquid Bitcoin supply and potentially strengthen the structural demand backdrop.

    Bitcoin Rally Remains Relatively Unleveraged

    One of the more encouraging features of the current rally is that derivatives positioning has not expanded dramatically alongside the price.

    Bitcoin futures open interest remains around 700,000 BTC despite the cryptocurrency’s sharp advance. In previous rallies, rapid increases in open interest often indicated that leverage was chasing higher prices, increasing the risk of a subsequent liquidation cascade.

    Recent data instead shows that Bitcoin’s price has risen while coin-denominated open interest has declined. Between August 12–18 and August 23, Bitcoin’s average price climbed roughly 22%, while coin-denominated open interest fell around 11%.

    This suggests that the latest advance has been driven more by spot buying and the unwinding of bearish positions than by aggressive new leverage.

    There has been some renewed derivatives activity over the past 24 hours, with futures volume rising around 6% and open interest increasing approximately 3%. Nevertheless, perpetual funding rates remain relatively moderate, indicating bullish positioning without the extreme leverage typically associated with overheated markets.

    Overall, Bitcoin’s current rally appears to be among the less leveraged advances seen in recent years. The key question now is whether sustained spot demand can absorb the heavy supply between $80,000 and $82,000.

    A decisive break above $81,081 and subsequently $82,850 would strengthen the bullish case. Conversely, rejection from this resistance zone could trigger a correction toward $77,489 and potentially lower support levels.

  • US Dollar Edges Higher as Markets Await Warsh’s Jackson Hole Speech

    The US Dollar has maintained a generally firmer tone this week amid relatively subdued market conditions. Higher US Treasury yields, combined with an oversold short-term technical backdrop, are providing support for the Greenback. The Dollar is also holding firm against the Japanese Yen, despite comments from a Bank of Japan Deputy Governor that appeared to reinforce expectations of a possible rate hike next month. So far, movements in US yields appear to have a stronger influence on USD/JPY than changes in Japanese rates.

    Meanwhile, Russia and China have formally rejected participation in the US-led economic pressure campaign against Iran. Without their involvement in “Operation Economic Outcast,” Washington’s policy toward the conflict may provide a pathway for reducing its direct involvement. At the same time, the US appears to be increasing pressure on Canada, with Trade Representative Greer warning that some Canadian imports could face restrictions. Despite the escalating tensions, the Canadian Dollar has remained relatively resilient, falling around 0.25% this week and ranking around the middle of the G10 performance table.

    Prices

    G10

    • EUR/USD: The Euro slipped to a five-day low near 1.1640 on Wednesday, roughly the midpoint of its rally following the US Treasury’s announcement that it would double its bond buybacks. The pair has remained below 1.1660 today and has edged slightly beneath Wednesday’s low during the European session. Technical support is seen around 1.1635 at the 200-day moving average, followed by the 1.1625 area near the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement.
    • USD/JPY: The Dollar remained below Tuesday’s high around 159.50 against the Yen but still recorded its strongest close in six sessions near 159.30. The pair has marginally surpassed Wednesday’s high in European trading. The five-day moving average has crossed above the 20-day moving average for the first time since the July intervention. The market continues to appear willing to test the BOJ and US Treasury, despite growing expectations that the BOJ could raise rates twice before year-end. Higher oil prices and US yields may provide additional support. The August 18 high, just below 159.80, remains the key level above.
    • GBP/USD: Sterling declined roughly 0.4% on Wednesday, marking one of its sharpest daily losses in a month. The pair fell to just below 1.3585, almost reaching the 61.8% retracement of its rally following the US Treasury’s bond-buyback announcement. Losses have continued today, with GBP/USD approaching 1.3570. Further technical support is seen around 1.3335–1.3360. Options worth GBP840 million at 1.3550 expire today.
    • USD/CAD: The Canadian Dollar remains under pressure following the sharp deterioration in US-Canada trade relations. Consistent with historical correlations, CAD weakness has coincided with a widening Canada-US two-year yield spread, which reached 128 basis points on Wednesday, its widest level in nearly three weeks. USD/CAD climbed toward 1.3895 before holding below that level today. Initial resistance is located near last week’s high around 1.3910, followed by the 20-day moving average near 1.3920 and the 1.3950–1.3960 zone. Trade Representative Greer’s threat to restrict certain Canadian imports remains an additional source of pressure.
    • AUD/USD: The Australian Dollar approached 0.7190 on Wednesday, its strongest level since June 1, before profit-taking pushed it back toward 0.7165. The five-day moving average is also located around this level, and the Aussie has remained above it for roughly two weeks. Stronger-than-expected Australian inflation data and robust household spending have reinforced expectations that the RBA could deliver another rate hike.

    Emerging Markets

    • USD/MXN: The Dollar traded on both sides of Tuesday’s range against the Mexican Peso but settled within it, leaving the near-term bias tilted slightly higher. Momentum indicators remain technically oversold after five consecutive weeks of declines. Rising US-Canada trade tensions may also increase concerns about the future of USMCA. USD/MXN has edged slightly above 16.99 today. A move above 17.00 would expose last week’s high just below 17.08, followed by the 20-day moving average near 17.10 and the 17.1365 area, corresponding to the 38.2% retracement of the Dollar’s decline from late July.
    • USD/CNH: After closing below 6.72 on Tuesday for the first time in roughly three and a half years, the Dollar recovered and settled around 6.7225 against the offshore Yuan. The pair is consolidating near 6.72 today. The firmer Dollar appears to have encouraged the PBOC to set a slightly weaker reference rate, with the CNY fixing raised to 6.7840 from 6.7829.
    • USD/INR: The Indian Rupee weakened as markets reopened following Wednesday’s holiday. Higher oil prices and a broadly stronger US Dollar weighed on the currency. The Rupee had gained around 0.35% on Tuesday, its strongest advance in nearly a month. USD/INR has rebounded toward 95.56 after reaching around 95.39 earlier in the week, with last week’s high slightly above 95.76.

    Other Markets

    US equities faced some pressure from higher yields and oil prices ahead of NVIDIA’s earnings, although the company’s results subsequently supported parts of the technology sector across Asia-Pacific markets. South Korea’s KOSPI gained around 1.5%, standing out among regional markets despite the central bank’s recent rate hikes. The benchmark rate now sits at 3%. In Europe, the technology-light Stoxx 600 was down around 0.4% during the morning session. Meanwhile, Nasdaq futures were up roughly 1%, while S&P 500 futures gained slightly less.

    Benchmark 10-year government bond yields rose by around 3–5 basis points across the US and Europe on Wednesday. Yields remained broadly firmer today, with European rates rising 1–2 basis points and the US 10-year Treasury yield increasing around 2 basis points.

    Gold ended a five-session winning streak with a sharp 1.3% decline on Wednesday, giving back more than two days of gains. The precious metal remained under pressure today, falling to a four-day low slightly below $4,579. If the recent rally was partly driven by the US Treasury’s bond-buyback announcement, the first corrective target could be around $4,555. Silver also appears vulnerable after encountering strong resistance near $70, although it remains within Tuesday’s trading range of roughly $67.45–$69.95.

    October WTI crude recovered from a dip below $80, its first move under that level since August 14, before reaching an intraday high near $83.30 during New York trading. Oil remains above $80 today and is hovering around $82 ahead of the North American session. Last week’s high was close to $87.70.

    Economic Data

    The US economic calendar includes the preliminary goods trade deficit, retail and wholesale inventories, weekly Initial Jobless Claims, and the Kansas City Fed’s August manufacturing survey. The improvement in the US trade balance remains distorted by businesses bringing forward imports ahead of last year’s tariffs. Even so, the overall trade deficit narrowed to roughly $534.8 billion in the first half of 2026 from $716.6 billion in H1 2025 and $558 billion in H1 2024. Inventory figures typically have limited immediate market impact but feed into GDP estimates, alongside the real trade balance.

    Weekly jobless claims continue to point to a relatively resilient labor market. The four-week moving average declined for five consecutive weeks through the end of July before edging higher to around 204,000 in mid-August.

    Canada is scheduled to release its June establishment employment figures, although markets tend to react more strongly to the timelier household employment survey. Statistics Canada will also publish an estimate of the Q2 current account ahead of tomorrow’s preliminary GDP report. After remaining in deficit since Q2 2022, Canada’s current account is expected to have moved into surplus in Q2 2026. Following contractions in Q4 2025 and Q1 2026, the economy is expected to regain lost ground in Q2, with forecasts centered around 3.2%–3.4% annualized growth. However, the intensifying trade dispute with the US could weigh on growth later in the year.

    Mexico will publish its July trade balance. The country’s external trade remains a relative bright spot, with the first-half trade surplus increasing to around $9.86 billion from $1.43 billion a year earlier. Exports rose 10.7% in H1, while imports increased 7.7%. The central bank recently raised its 2026 GDP growth forecast to 1.5% from 1.1% and slightly lowered its 2027 inflation projection.

    Eurozone M3 money supply growth accelerated to 3.4% year over year in July from 3.3% in June, marking its fastest pace since June 2025. Household lending growth increased to 3.1%, while lending to non-financial corporations accelerated to 4.4%.

    In Australia, stronger-than-expected CPI data was followed by evidence that higher interest rates have yet to significantly weaken household spending. Consumer spending jumped 1.1% in July, well above the 0.3% consensus forecast, while June growth was revised higher to 1.0%. Although private capital expenditure fell unexpectedly in Q2, the previous quarter’s increase was revised higher. Markets are now pricing in almost a 50% probability of an RBA rate hike next month, compared with just over 10% at the end of last week, while a hike before year-end is now fully priced in.

    Japanese investors sold foreign bonds and equities last week after three consecutive weeks of buying. Foreign bond sales reached JPY1.98 trillion, the largest weekly outflow since early April, while foreign equity sales totaled nearly JPY870 billion, the biggest liquidation since early June.

    China’s industrial profit growth slowed to 11.2% year over year in July from 15.1% in June, marking the third consecutive monthly slowdown. However, the headline figure masks a notable divergence, with the high-tech sector continuing to account for more than half of year-to-date profit growth.

  • 10 Software Stocks to Watch as Salesforce Jumps After Earnings Beat

    • US software stocks have been among the market’s biggest laggards in 2026 as concerns grow that AI could disrupt traditional software business models.
    • Salesforce’s strong earnings, combined with solid performances from other software companies, suggest that fears surrounding AI disruption may have been exaggerated.
    • Here are 10 potentially undervalued US software stocks that could gain momentum if investor confidence returns to the sector.

    The US software industry has faced significant selling pressure in 2026 as investors increasingly worry that advances in generative AI could automate software development and coding, putting pressure on subscription-driven business models. However, several strategists, including those at JPMorgan, believe the market may have overestimated these risks. Salesforce’s latest earnings report provides fresh evidence that the sector could be positioned for a broader recovery.

    Salesforce shares surged more than 13% in after-hours trading after the company reported adjusted earnings of $5.90 per share, substantially above the $3.27 consensus forecast. Revenue increased 11% year over year to $11.35 billion, slightly exceeding expectations. Net income jumped 87% to $3.53 billion, partly supported by a $2.6 billion gain from Salesforce’s strategic investment in AI startup Anthropic.

    More significantly, Salesforce highlighted accelerating demand for its AI offerings, with Agentforce annual recurring revenue surpassing $1 billion. This reinforces the view that while AI could disrupt certain software models, it may also create a major new growth opportunity for established technology platforms.

    The renewed momentum is spreading across the broader software industry. Since late July, the iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF (IGV) has climbed nearly 17% from its recent low, substantially outperforming the Nasdaq 100 during the same period. The rebound indicates that investors may be reassessing the potential impact of AI on software companies.

    These undervalued US software stocks could benefit from a broader sector recovery

    Investors seeking exposure to the software rebound beyond Salesforce may find several attractive opportunities. Using the Investing.com stock screener, we identified US-listed software-related companies meeting three key criteria:

    • Market capitalization above $20 billion
    • More than 20% potential upside based on InvestingPro Fair Value, which combines several established valuation methodologies
    • A financial Health Score above 3 out of 5

    This screening process produced a list of 10 stocks.

    According to the screening results, these financially healthy software stocks are currently trading between 20.6% and 59.5% below their estimated Fair Value, suggesting significant potential upside if valuations recover.

    Among the names identified are:

    • Copart, operator of the world’s largest online vehicle auction platform, which relies heavily on technology and data for vehicle assessment and connecting sellers with buyers. The stock has been pressured by the broader technology selloff despite relatively resilient fundamentals. In fiscal Q3 2026, Copart reported EPS of $0.43 versus expectations of $0.41, while revenue rose 2.1% to $1.24 billion. Jay Adair’s return as CEO also brings additional leadership stability following the recent transition. The company is scheduled to report its next earnings on September 9.
    • Uber, which has expanded from its core ride-hailing business into a technology platform leveraging AI for pricing, logistics, and autonomous vehicle development. Its shares have weakened amid broader technology-sector concerns despite strong second-quarter 2026 results. Revenue increased 12% to $14.19 billion, while gross bookings climbed 22%. Investor concerns have largely focused on cautious third-quarter guidance and Uber’s plans to invest more than $10 billion in robotaxis, with the company aiming to operate autonomous services in 15 cities by the end of 2026.

    Several other companies on the list offer even greater potential, particularly from a valuation standpoint.

  • Australian Dollar climbs to three-month high as risk appetite strengthens, focus shifts to Warsh

    • AUD/USD climbs to a three-month peak as improving risk sentiment supports the Aussie.
    • Resilient Australian consumer spending keeps the possibility of an RBA rate hike on the table.
    • Fed Chair Warsh’s speech and upcoming sentiment data could influence the US Dollar’s next move.

    The Australian Dollar (AUD) extended its gains to a three-month high of 0.7198 on Thursday, despite a steady US Dollar supported by stronger-than-expected labor market data and hawkish remarks from Federal Reserve officials. AUD/USD was last trading around 0.7194, up 0.34%.

    AUD/USD advances as strong Australian spending and Wall Street gains outweigh Fed hawkishness

    Wall Street continued to move higher, supported by NVIDIA’s latest earnings results. US economic data was mixed, with Initial Jobless Claims falling from 207K to 203K, beating market expectations of 208K. Meanwhile, the US Goods Trade Balance deficit widened from $102.1 billion to $118.8 billion in July.

    The US Dollar Index (DXY), which measures the Greenback against a basket of six major currencies, remained broadly unchanged near 99.12 despite higher Treasury yields. The benchmark US 10-year Treasury yield climbed nearly three basis points to 4.676%.

    Several Federal Reserve officials also delivered comments at the Jackson Hole Symposium. Cleveland Fed President Beth Hammack argued that policymakers should act now to contain persistent inflation, while Chicago Fed President Austan Goolsbee said the three-month inflation trend “doesn’t look terrible.” Boston Fed President Susan Collins adopted a more neutral tone but noted that a rate hike could be justified if inflation data proves disappointing.

    Attention now turns to Fed Chair Kevin Warsh, who is scheduled to speak at Jackson Hole on Friday. Investors will also assess the University of Michigan’s final Consumer Sentiment reading for August for additional clues on the US economic outlook.

    Meanwhile, Australian household spending increased 1.1% in July, according to data released Thursday. The resilient consumer demand could add further inflationary pressure and reinforce expectations for tighter monetary policy. Minutes from the Reserve Bank of Australia’s latest meeting also showed that policymakers had considered the possibility of raising interest rates.

    With no major Australian economic releases scheduled, AUD/USD is likely to remain primarily influenced by movements in the US Dollar and broader market sentiment.

    AUD/USD Price Forecast: Technical Outlook

    On the daily chart, AUD/USD is trading around 0.7195 and retains a bullish near-term outlook, with the pair firmly positioned above the 50-, 100-, and 200-day simple moving averages, which are clustered near 0.7010. The pair is currently testing horizontal resistance around 0.7198, while the 14-day Relative Strength Index (RSI) near 70 points to overbought conditions. This could limit the pace of additional gains, although it has yet to provide a definitive reversal signal.

    On the upside, the key near-term hurdle remains at 0.7198. A sustained break above this level could reinforce the bullish momentum and pave the way for further upside.

    On the downside, initial support is found around 0.7195, while stronger support lies along the rising trend line and the 50-, 100-, and 200-day SMA cluster near 0.7010. A deeper correction could bring the pair back toward this broader support zone.

  • Euro maintains a modest bullish tone above 1.1650 ahead of Jackson Hole Symposium

    • EUR/USD holds modest gains around 1.1655 during Friday’s early Asian trading session.
    • Markets remain focused on Fed Chair Warsh’s speech at the Jackson Hole Symposium in Wyoming on Friday.
    • The ECB is widely expected to hike its key interest rates in September.

    EUR/USD edges higher to around 1.1655 during Friday’s early Asian trading session. The pair could face increased volatility later in the day as Federal Reserve Chair Kevin Warsh prepares to deliver his closely watched keynote speech at the Jackson Hole Economic Policy Symposium.

    The Euro continues to receive support from the European Central Bank’s hawkish policy outlook and resilient Eurozone economic data. ECB Executive Board member Isabel Schnabel said Wednesday that interest rates may need to rise further, citing inflationary risks stemming from the prolonged Middle East conflict and stronger-than-expected economic activity across the Eurozone.

    Recent data also highlighted the resilience of the Eurozone economy, with business activity expanding at its fastest pace of the year. Markets are currently pricing in roughly a 96% probability that the ECB will lift its deposit rate to 2.50% at its September meeting.

    Meanwhile, traders are closely awaiting Fed Chair Kevin Warsh’s speech in Jackson Hole, Wyoming, on Friday. His remarks could provide fresh insight into the outlook for the US economy and future monetary policy.

    Bank of America’s US rates strategist Mark Cabana expects Warsh to indicate that further rate hikes remain possible if inflation fails to ease further. However, a speech focused mainly on longer-term structural issues such as productivity and demographics could be viewed by markets as relatively dovish.

    ECB outlook continues to support the Euro

    Scotiabank strategists point out that the Euro has recently lost some momentum as yield differentials have shifted, with German-US yield spreads providing slightly less fundamental support for the currency. Nevertheless, they believe the broader policy divergence between the ECB and Fed remains favorable for the Euro.

    With markets increasingly anticipating ECB tightening in September while scaling back expectations for further Fed rate hikes, the relative monetary-policy outlook continues to offer a constructive medium-term backdrop for EUR/USD.

    Technical Analysis: EUR/USD maintains a bullish bias above key moving averages

    On the daily chart, EUR/USD retains a positive near-term outlook, with the pair trading above both the 100-day simple moving average (SMA) and the middle line of the 20-day Bollinger Bands. The pair is approaching resistance around the upper Bollinger Band, while the 14-day Relative Strength Index (RSI) near 65 indicates solid upward momentum without yet reaching overbought territory.

    On the downside, initial support is located around 1.1585–1.1575, where the 100-day SMA and Bollinger middle band converge. A deeper correction could bring the pair toward stronger support near 1.1465, around the lower Bollinger Band.

    On the upside, a decisive move above the upper Bollinger Band near 1.1710 could pave the way for additional gains. Conversely, another rejection at this level may trigger a pullback toward the 1.1585–1.1575 support zone.

  • WTI Holds Above $82.50 as UK-Russia Tensions Escalate

    • WTI could gain further support as tensions between Russia and Ukraine continue to escalate.
    • Attacks on Russian refining facilities are raising concerns over disruptions to global crude oil and fuel exports.
    • A revenue-sharing agreement between Iran and Oman has improved the outlook for supply flows through the Strait of Hormuz, although a near-term reopening remains uncertain.

    West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil prices edged lower on Friday during the Asian session, trading near $82.70 per barrel after posting gains over the previous two sessions. Despite the pullback, escalating tensions between Russia and Ukraine could help support oil prices as market focus shifts away from developments in the Middle East.

    Two workers in orange safety gear near barrels labeled crude oil, with black oily water flowing from pipe

    Russian President Vladimir Putin recently indicated that peace talks with Ukraine have reached an impasse, signaling the possibility of further military escalation. At the same time, ongoing Ukrainian attacks on Russian refineries and port facilities continue to disrupt key energy infrastructure, raising concerns about Russia’s ability to maintain exports of both crude oil and refined petroleum products.

    Even so, WTI remains on track for a weekly decline as traders respond to more constructive developments in the Middle East. Sentiment has improved following reports of better supply prospects through the Strait of Hormuz, supported by a new revenue-sharing arrangement between Iran and Oman concerning the strategic waterway. However, Iranian authorities have clarified that the agreement does not guarantee an immediate or complete reopening of the strait, leaving uncertainty over future energy shipments.

    Oil Market Outlook

    Analysts at MUFG believe the recent recovery in crude prices could signal the beginning of another upward move in the energy market. However, they note that the outlook largely depends on the volume of shipping traffic successfully passing through the Strait of Hormuz. While exact flow levels remain difficult to verify, they argue that current oil prices suggest higher-than-expected transit volumes, indicating that the market is increasingly pricing in the resilience of supply flows through this critical global energy corridor.

  • Bitcoin Holds Above $78K as Rebound Rally Cools Following U.S. PCE Data

    Bitcoin traded slightly higher on Wednesday, consolidating after reaching a three-month high as investors turned cautious following fresh U.S. inflation data. The Federal Reserve’s preferred inflation measure remained elevated in July, adding uncertainty to the outlook for interest rates ahead of the central bank’s September policy meeting.

    Bitcoin was last up around 0.2% at $78,739.7 by 17:27 ET (21:27 GMT), after surging above the $80,000 level during the previous session.

    Risk sentiment also received support from developments surrounding the U.S.-Iran standoff. A Russian media report indicated that Washington and Tehran had reached a ceasefire agreement that could be announced in the coming days. The report pressured oil prices, while positive comments from Pakistan and renewed Iran-Oman discussions concerning the Strait of Hormuz further supported broader market sentiment.

    U.S. PCE Inflation Remains Elevated Ahead of September Fed Meeting

    Bitcoin’s recent advance has been partly driven by the so-called “debasement trade,” with investors betting that efforts by the U.S. Treasury to stabilize rising bond yields could put downward pressure on the dollar.

    That environment has encouraged capital to move into alternative and scarce assets, including Bitcoin, cryptocurrencies and gold.

    However, the latest U.S. inflation figures highlighted the challenge facing the Federal Reserve. The headline PCE price index increased 0.2% month over month in July, following a 0.1% decline in June. On an annual basis, PCE inflation held at 3.7%, slightly exceeding economists’ 3.6% expectation.

    Economic Calendar by TradingView

    Core PCE inflation, which excludes volatile food and energy prices, also remained firm. The measure rose 0.2% from the previous month and 3.3% year over year, matching both the previous annual reading and market expectations.

    The data suggest that inflation continues to cool only gradually, potentially encouraging Fed policymakers to maintain a cautious stance on interest rates. A renewed acceleration in inflation could undermine the debasement trade, as expectations for higher interest rates would likely strengthen the dollar and reduce the appeal of alternative assets such as Bitcoin and gold.

    Bernstein Projects Bitcoin at $150K by 2027 and $300K by 2029

    Bernstein remains bullish on Bitcoin’s longer-term prospects, forecasting that the cryptocurrency could reach $150,000 by mid-2027 and approximately $300,000 at the peak of its next market cycle in 2029.

    The brokerage expects increasing fiscal pressures, rising government debt and higher borrowing costs to encourage policies that gradually weaken currencies. Such an environment could boost demand for scarce assets, including Bitcoin.

    Bernstein’s base-case outlook assumes Bitcoin continues to follow its historical four-year market cycle. The firm projects BTC at approximately $125,000 by the end of 2026, $150,000 by mid-2027 and around $300,000 in 2029.

    Crypto Market Today: Altcoins Deliver Mixed Performance

    The broader cryptocurrency market also showed mixed momentum as Bitcoin’s rebound began to cool.

    Ether gained around 2.5% to $2,501.98, while XRP declined 3.1% to $1.3952. Solana advanced 0.5%, and BNB climbed 1.4%, while Cardano slipped 0.8%.

    Crypto markets by TradingView

    Among major memecoins, Dogecoin fell approximately 0.5%, whereas $TRUMP gained 1.5%.

    Overall, Bitcoin remains above the $78,000 level, but persistent U.S. inflation and uncertainty over the Federal Reserve’s September decision could determine whether the latest rebound develops into a broader sustained rally.

    Read more news and analysis

  • US Dollar Index Rebounds as Fiscal Concerns Ease

    • DXY remains supported above the 99.00 level, though upside momentum is constrained by the 200-day EMA around 99.75.
    • Market-implied odds of a September Fed rate hike have fallen to 40.14%, down from roughly 50% on August 10.
    • The Dollar Index’s recent three-month low was driven by an expanded Treasury buyback program rather than a shift in Federal Reserve policy.

    The US Dollar Index (DXY) trades slightly above 99.00, up around 0.25%, after climbing to just below 99.25 following stronger-than-expected US PCE inflation data. However, the move does not necessarily signal renewed expectations for a September Federal Reserve rate hike, as markets have actually reduced their rate expectations throughout August.

    Fed Rate Expectations Shift Lower

    Markets now price a 40.14% probability of a September 16 rate hike, versus 59.86% for a hold. Expectations for additional tightening have also weakened significantly, with the probability of rates reaching 4.00%-4.25% by December falling to 8.13% from 24.13% on August 10.

    The 2027 outlook points in the same direction, with the probability of two rate increases by June falling to 74.50% from 86.71% two weeks earlier. This suggests traders are increasingly debating when the next hike could arrive rather than how far the Fed will ultimately raise rates.

    Dollar Rebound Follows Fiscal Developments

    The Dollar Index’s recent recovery began from around 98.50, its lowest level in more than three months. That decline followed the US Treasury’s expansion of its long-term debt buyback program, which was aimed at containing borrowing costs.

    The fiscal backdrop remains a concern for the dollar. Treasury purchases of longer-dated bonds while issuing more debt at the short end effectively reduce the average maturity of government borrowing, a development that can weigh on the currency when investors interpret it as an attempt to suppress long-term yields.

    Technically, DXY remains below the 200-day EMA near 99.75 and the 50-day moving average just below 100.00, leaving significant resistance overhead.

    Key Levels to Watch

    • Resistance: 99.25, 99.75, 100.00, then 101.75
    • Support: 99.00, 98.50, followed by levels below 98.00
    • Bias: Bearish while DXY remains below the 200-day EMA near 99.75
    • Bullish invalidation: A daily close above 99.75 could shift attention toward 100.00
    DXY chart by TradingView

    Despite the latest inflation-driven bounce, the broader technical setup remains fragile. A sustained break above 99.75 would be needed to suggest that the Dollar Index is transitioning from a short-term rebound into a more durable recovery.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold Pulls Back to Near $4,600 After Reaching Three-Month Peak Following US PCE Data

    Fundamental Analysis

    Gold prices retreated to around $4,610 during Thursday’s Asian trading session, pulling back from a three-month high after the latest US inflation figures largely matched market expectations. The data reinforced expectations that the Federal Reserve could still raise interest rates at its next meeting, reducing demand for the non-yielding precious metal.

    The latest figures from the US Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) showed that the Personal Consumption Expenditures (PCE) Price Index rose 3.7% year-over-year in July, slightly above the market forecast of 3.6% and unchanged from the previous reading.

    Meanwhile, the core PCE index, which excludes food and energy prices, remained at 3.3% annually, matching economists’ expectations. On a monthly basis, both headline and core PCE inflation increased by 0.2%.

    Market participants viewed the report as broadly in line with forecasts, prompting a period of consolidation in gold prices after recent gains. According to analysts, the pullback appears to be driven more by profit-taking than by any major shift in the broader bullish outlook.

    Following the inflation release, traders slightly increased their expectations for a September Fed rate hike. Futures markets now indicate roughly a 38% probability of a 25-basis-point increase, up from about 36% before the data was published.

    Attention now turns to the Jackson Hole Symposium, where investors will closely watch remarks from Fed Chair Kevin Warsh on Friday for fresh guidance on the future path of US monetary policy. Any indication that policymakers remain concerned about inflation and willing to keep rates higher for longer could create additional headwinds for gold.

    Despite recent volatility in the Treasury market and a notable rally in long-dated US government bonds, analysts at Rabobank note that gold has remained remarkably resilient. The metal has yet to show signs of a deeper selloff, suggesting underlying demand remains intact even as investors reassess interest-rate expectations.

    Technical Analysis

    From a technical perspective, XAU/USD remains in a constructive uptrend, with the price continuing to trade above both the 100-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) and the 20-day Bollinger Band midpoint, reinforcing the bullish market structure.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    Momentum indicators also favor buyers. The 14-day Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 67.64, remaining below the overbought threshold of 70 but indicating strong upward momentum. The reading suggests that bullish sentiment remains dominant, although the rally may be becoming somewhat stretched in the short term.

    On the upside, the first key resistance level is located near the upper Bollinger Band at $4,745. A sustained move above this barrier could pave the way for further gains, while failure to break higher may trigger profit-taking and a period of consolidation.

    On the downside, initial support is seen around the 100-day SMA at $4,380, with additional support provided by the 20-day Bollinger Band midpoint at $4,365. Together, these levels form a significant demand zone that could help contain any near-term pullback. If selling pressure intensifies, the lower Bollinger Band near $3,985 represents the next major support area and a critical longer-term floor for the broader bullish trend.

    Read more news and analysis

  • US Dollar Flat as Oil Slides Further Following China’s Rejection of Iran Sanctions

    The US dollar is trading mixed against the G10 currencies, with most major pairs moving within narrow ranges of around ±0.1%. The Norwegian krone is the notable exception, falling nearly 0.3% as Brent crude extended its decline for a second straight session, dropping more than 2%. The Canadian dollar remains under pressure from concerns that the US trade war could persist for longer. Meanwhile, despite softer US Treasury yields and a modest rise in Japanese government bond yields, the dollar climbed to a four-day high against the yen near JPY159.50.

    Stacks of US hundred-dollar bills arranged in a pile.

    China has formally opposed the unilateral and secondary sanctions imposed by the US on Iran and entities doing business with Tehran. Following the UAE’s decision to sever economic ties with Iran earlier this month, China has become Iran’s largest trading partner. US Treasury Secretary Bessent has suggested that a major financial institution could face sanctions in the coming days. Speculation has focused on two major Chinese banks that reportedly received formal warnings from the US Treasury in April. Sanctioning either institution ahead of next month’s Trump-Xi meeting could create significant market disruption.

    Prices

    G10

    • Euro: EUR/USD slipped to around $1.1655 yesterday, marking a fresh three-day low. It briefly dipped to approximately $1.1650 during late Asian trading before rebounding in early European hours to near $1.1675. The previous day’s high was slightly above $1.1685. Last week, European buyers twice pushed the euro toward $1.1710 before North American traders sold into the strength.
    • Japanese yen: Despite a nearly five-basis-point decline in the US 10-year Treasury yield yesterday, the dollar remained resilient against the yen. With US yields softer today but Japanese 10-year JGB yields moving higher, USD/JPY reached roughly JPY159.50. The pair has remained range-bound between about JPY158.00 and JPY159.60–159.80 for the past two weeks. While many market participants question the effectiveness of the recent intervention, expectations for a BOJ rate hike next month have surged to around 80%, compared with below 30% before the intervention. The probability of another hike by year-end has also risen to about 60%, from below 10%.
    • Sterling: GBP/USD posted an inside day yesterday, remaining within the pre-weekend range of roughly $1.3620–$1.3675, and continues to trade within that band. Momentum indicators are stretched, but the pair could still test a marginal new high. A move below $1.3590–$1.3600 would provide an early indication that a broader consolidation or correction is underway.
    • Canadian dollar: The Canadian dollar was the weakest G10 currency yesterday, losing around 0.6%—its largest daily decline since the Federal Reserve delivered a hawkish hold at Warsh’s first meeting as Chair. USD/CAD climbed to around CAD1.3860 yesterday and moved slightly above CAD1.3865 today. The next technical objective is around CAD1.3900–1.3910. The main driver was the two-year interest-rate differential, with the US yield premium widening by nearly 10 basis points to almost 130 basis points.
    • Australian dollar: After reaching approximately $0.7180 before the weekend, AUD/USD retreated toward $0.7140 yesterday. It touched a marginal new low today before recovering toward $0.7160. Although momentum indicators remain stretched, the pair could attempt to revisit last week’s high.

    Emerging Markets

    • Mexican peso: Risk aversion, weaker monthly IGAE data and a downward revision to Q2 GDP growth—from 1.5% to 1.4% quarter-over-quarter—pressured the peso. USD/MXN climbed to around MXN16.9735 before easing toward MXN16.93 as risk sentiment improved. Last week’s high was around MXN17.07–17.08. The peso declined approximately 0.3% yesterday, its largest one-day drop in a month, while the Colombian peso fell about 0.8% and the Brazilian real weakened roughly 0.25%.
    • Chinese yuan: After falling to a marginal new low since February 2023 near CNH6.7130 yesterday, USD/CNH recovered toward CNH6.7255 and moved slightly higher today. Both technical and fundamental factors point to a potential period of consolidation. The PBOC fixed the dollar slightly higher for a third consecutive session, at CNY6.7852 versus CNY6.7841 previously. Meanwhile, reports indicate the US may consider an additional 7.5% tariff on Chinese goods over concerns about excess manufacturing capacity ahead of the upcoming Xi-Trump meeting. China’s rejection of the new Iran sanctions adds another layer of tension.
    • Indian rupee: The rupee strengthened to a seven-day high, apparently supported by intervention. USD/INR fell to around INR95.39, giving the rupee a 0.35% gain—the strongest daily advance of the month. The dollar settled near INR95.4150, marking its first close below the 20-day moving average, currently around INR95.48, since last Monday.

    Other Markets

    • Equities: Global equities were generally firmer. Most major Asia-Pacific markets advanced, although Hong Kong and China’s CSI 300 lagged. The regional MSCI index only partially recovered from yesterday’s 1.2% decline. Europe’s Stoxx 600 was flat yesterday but has gained nearly 0.5% today. US equity futures are also higher, with S&P 500 futures up around 0.55% after yesterday’s 0.3% decline. Nasdaq futures have risen about 1% following a roughly 0.75% drop in the index yesterday.
    • Bonds: Benchmark 10-year yields declined yesterday, partly reflecting lower oil prices. Reports suggested Treasury officials are considering using the Treasury General Account to support additional government bond purchases, which would inject reserves into the banking system. Such a move could complicate Warsh’s objective of shrinking the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet. With oil prices moving higher today, European yields have fallen roughly 2–4 basis points, while the US 10-year Treasury yield is near 4.67%, compared with just below 4.70% at yesterday’s close.
    • Gold and silver: Gold’s four-session rally stalled near $4,681 yesterday, its highest level in more than three months, although it still closed above the pre-weekend high around $4,632. The metal briefly moved above $4,696 today before retreating below $4,619 and is posting modest losses in early European trading. A break below $4,600 could open the way toward $4,540. Silver has struggled to break through $70 for two consecutive sessions. Another failed attempt today triggered some profit-taking, sending silver to a three-day low just below $67.60.
    • WTI crude: October WTI remained within the August 20 trading range of approximately $84.25–$87.70 over the previous two sessions before breaking lower today. Prices fell toward $82, reaching a six-day low and touching the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement of this month’s rally from roughly $73 on August 5. The 20-day moving average sits near $81.25, while the next retracement target is around $80.40.

    Economic Data and Central Banks

    • US: Today’s US calendar features house prices, new home sales, building permits, several regional Federal Reserve surveys and the Conference Board’s August consumer confidence report. However, broader developments—including tougher sanctions on Iran, potential use of the Treasury General Account for bond buybacks and Fed Chair Warsh’s speech at Jackson Hole tomorrow—could overshadow the incoming economic data.
    • Mexico: Mexico is due to release Q2 current-account data. Despite maintaining a trade surplus, the country continues to run a modest current-account deficit, which was around 0.5% of GDP last year and is projected by the IMF to remain at a similar level this year. The quarterly figure typically has limited market impact.
    • Germany: Germany revised Q2 GDP growth upward to 0.3% from 0.2% and released additional details. Private consumption increased only 0.1% after falling 0.6% in Q1, while capital expenditure declined 0.2% following a 1.3% contraction in the previous quarter. Government spending rose 0.1%, compared with a 0.9% increase in Q1. Separately, the IFO survey showed improving sentiment, with the overall business climate index rising for a fourth consecutive month to 88.8, its highest level since last August.
    • Australia: Minutes from the Reserve Bank of Australia’s latest meeting reinforced the hawkish hold message delivered earlier this month. Several policymakers believe another rate increase could still be necessary, while inflation risks remain tilted to the upside. Although the RBA appears in no rush to raise rates again following three hikes earlier this year, markets now price slightly above a 60% probability of another increase before year-end, up from just below 60% last week. A softer July CPI report tomorrow may not materially alter expectations. Headline inflation is forecast to slow to 3.3% from 3.8%, while trimmed-mean inflation could prove stickier at 3.5%, compared with 3.6% previously.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Oil Slide Fuels Market Momentum as Wall Street Shifts Focus to Nvidia

    The Nasdaq outperformed, semiconductor stocks rebounded, and Nvidia ended a seven-session losing streak. But Tuesday’s move looked less like a broad return to risk-on trading and more like a wave of short covering. The S&P 500 outside the AI complex was largely flat, meaning the headline gains overstated the strength of the broader market.

    Key Takeaways

    • Falling oil prices provided much-needed relief for equities as lower crude prices helped pull long-term Treasury yields down and reduced pressure on growth-stock valuations.
    • The oil retreat reflected improving geopolitical signals, including renewed diplomacy involving Iran and the Strait of Hormuz, less severe-than-feared sanctions, and continued crude flows despite regional conflict.
    • The stock-market rebound remained concentrated in AI-related names, while broader participation was limited and short covering amplified the gains.
    • Nvidia now has a more favorable backdrop heading into earnings, but elevated positioning and extremely high expectations mean a solid quarter alone may not be enough.

    Oil Drop Gives Markets Room to Breathe

    Tuesday’s rally offered investors some relief from two of the biggest pressures weighing on markets recently: oil prices and long-term bond yields. Crude declined, Treasuries gained, the Nasdaq recovered, and the cross-asset environment became noticeably more supportive of growth stocks.

    Oil was the key catalyst.

    WTI crude fell more than 3% below $82 a barrel, while Brent slipped under $90, as signs of easing geopolitical tensions surrounding Iran encouraged traders to unwind some of the risk premium embedded in oil prices.

    Iranian media portrayed Pakistan’s army chief’s visit to Tehran positively, while Iran and Oman discussed efforts to restore navigation through the Strait of Hormuz. Meanwhile, Washington’s latest sanctions fell short of some of the more aggressive measures investors had feared, particularly those that could have placed greater pressure on international buyers and shipping companies.

    The situation around Hormuz remains fragile, but oil prices do not need a full diplomatic breakthrough to decline. They simply need the next geopolitical headline to appear less threatening than the previous one.

    WTI chart by TradingView

    As crude retreated, traders began taking profits after the market had shifted rapidly from heavily short positioning toward increasingly long exposure. Refined products also started to cool, particularly diesel, which had accumulated an unusually large premium amid Middle East disruptions and attacks on Russian refining infrastructure.

    The decline in oil matters because markets have repeatedly followed the same pattern in recent weeks: higher crude, higher long-term yields, weaker growth stocks and increasing pressure on consumers.

    The AI sector has been battling that combination almost every day. Once oil prices began falling and bonds rallied, some of that pressure eased.

    Treasuries strengthened across the curve, with longer maturities leading the advance. 30-year Treasury yields dropped roughly six basis points on Tuesday and about 10 basis points from Friday, helped by weaker consumer confidence and signs of softer economic momentum.

    With markets pricing only modest additional Fed tightening for the remainder of the year, the lower-yield environment offered some relief to richly valued technology stocks.

    Treasury Secretary Bessent’s expanded long-duration buyback program is also beginning to influence sentiment at the long end of the curve. It has not eliminated concerns surrounding the US fiscal outlook or placed a firm ceiling on yields, but it has made the one-way short-duration trade somewhat less attractive.

    That was enough to give equities some breathing room.

    Nvidia Takes Center Stage

    The Nasdaq led the rebound, chipmakers recovered, and Nvidia finally broke its seven-session losing streak. Yet the move remained relatively narrow. Excluding the AI complex, the S&P 500 was essentially unchanged, while short covering helped make the major indexes look stronger than the underlying breadth suggested.

    That does not make the rally insignificant. Instead, it highlights where investor conviction remains concentrated.

    Capital moved back toward AI stocks as the macroeconomic environment became less hostile. Traders who had bet against the sector were also forced to cover positions as lower yields and weaker oil prices improved the backdrop just ahead of Nvidia’s earnings report.

    Nvidia is now the market’s key test.

    The company is expected to post quarterly revenue of roughly $92 billion, nearly twice the level from a year earlier. But the headline figure is no longer enough. Nvidia is increasingly being treated as the market’s quarterly verdict on whether the enormous AI infrastructure-spending cycle still has enough momentum to justify current valuations.

    And that makes expectations increasingly difficult to beat.

    Early earnings surprises helped establish the AI narrative. Subsequent results turned that narrative into consensus. Now investors are looking for evidence that the growth story remains almost inevitable.

    A strong result combined with upbeat guidance would arrive against a much more supportive backdrop than existed just days ago. Oil is lower, long-term yields have eased, Treasury intervention is more visible, and some excessive positioning has already been reduced.

    If Nvidia confirms that hyperscaler demand remains robust, the recent technology selloff could begin to look more like a healthy reset than a fundamental break in the AI trade.

    The bigger risk, however, is not necessarily an earnings miss.

    Nvidia could deliver a result that would be exceptional for almost any other company, yet still disappoint investors if expectations have already moved beyond conventional definitions of strong performance.

    Positioning makes that risk particularly important.

    Investors have spent years building around the AI trade, favoring companies viewed as beneficiaries while taking more cautious positions toward businesses considered vulnerable to disruption. Semiconductors and software have effectively become opposing sides of the same broader investment theme.

    July’s deleveraging reduced some of that exposure, but it did not eliminate it.

    As long as AI investment continues accelerating, elevated positioning can remain justified. The problem arises when too many investors are already positioned in the same direction and the next catalyst delivers something merely good rather than extraordinary.

    The Broader Market Still Has Plenty to Worry About

    Tuesday’s rally should therefore be viewed as meaningful relief rather than a complete change in market direction.

    Investors have not suddenly resolved the Iran conflict, US fiscal concerns or the debate over AI valuations. What changed was that falling oil prices stopped making all three problems appear even worse.

    Gold continued moving toward $4,700 an ounce before retreating, Bitcoin briefly climbed above $81,000, and the dollar weakened. That suggests the broader debasement trade remains intact, with investors simultaneously buying technology on lower yields and maintaining exposure to hard assets as protection against fiscal and monetary uncertainty.

    That leaves markets heading into Nvidia’s earnings with an unusual combination: lower oil prices, easier financial conditions, persistent fiscal concerns and an AI sector facing enormous expectations.

    The path for equities is becoming clearer.

    If oil continues falling, long-term yields could become easier for investors to tolerate. If yields remain contained, the discount-rate pressure on technology stocks should ease. And if Nvidia delivers the results investors have come to expect, Tuesday’s relief rally could have room to extend.

    For now, oil has removed one of the biggest obstacles facing markets.

    The pressure has eased.

    Now Wall Street is waiting to see whether Nvidia can keep the momentum going.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold Targets $5,000 as Rising Rates Expose Deepening Debt Crisis

    In a Monday interview, Fidelity fund manager George Efstathopoulos said gold investors are becoming less concerned about rising yields and increasingly focused on why yields are climbing. He has reportedly doubled his fund’s allocation to gold, signaling growing institutional interest in the precious metal.

    The broader narrative around gold and interest rates may be changing. Rather than simply viewing higher yields as negative for gold, investors are increasingly questioning whether rising rates reflect deeper concerns over US government debt, excessive spending, inflation and declining confidence in policymakers.

    The US Treasury yield outlook could therefore become a key driver for gold. If long-term yields continue to rise, the relationship between rates, fiscal sustainability and investor confidence could potentially push gold significantly higher.

    Technical indicators suggest that gold’s long-term trend remains bullish, with $4,800-$5,000 emerging as a major resistance zone. However, the latest rally has also left the market technically stretched. RSI and Stochastics are both in overbought territory, while elevated market optimism points to the possibility of a short-term correction.

    A pullback of around 5%-7% in gold could be possible, while silver and gold-mining stocks such as GDX could experience deeper corrections of roughly 10%-20%. Such a decline could create another entry opportunity for investors who missed the earlier $3,900-$4,100 buying zone.

    Silver remains comparatively resilient, with $61-$63 offering an important support area. Although Stochastics is overbought, RSI suggests the metal could maintain its near-term momentum even if gold temporarily retreats.

    Gold-mining stocks have rallied particularly sharply. GDX has gained nearly 50% in roughly one month, a pace that is unlikely to be sustainable indefinitely. While the long-term outlook for miners remains bullish, the recent surge may justify taking partial profits while maintaining core positions.

    Investor positioning also warrants attention. Although the gold-stock sentiment index is not yet extremely overbought, its RSI indicates elevated conditions. A further surge toward overbought territory could occur if policymakers fail to address concerns surrounding government spending, debt and rising yields.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    Under a bullish scenario, gold could move toward $5,000 while GDX potentially climbs toward $110-$120. The longer-term outlook for miners could be even more ambitious if the current Elliott Wave structure develops as expected.

    Overall, the key theme is shifting from simply asking “Will higher rates hurt gold?” to asking “Why are rates rising?” If higher yields increasingly reflect fiscal stress and weakening confidence in US institutions, gold could benefit as investors seek alternative stores of value.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Australian and Canadian Dollars Diverge as CPI, Oil Prices and US PCE Data Drive Markets

    Australian Dollar climbs after stronger-than-expected CPI, eyes multi-month peak ahead of US PCE

    • AUD/USD extends its gains for a second consecutive session, rising toward 0.7170 as supportive fundamentals bolster the pair.
    • Australia’s hotter-than-forecast July CPI keeps expectations of further RBA tightening alive, lending support to the Australian Dollar.
    • The US Dollar remains subdued as Treasury yields decline and hopes for US-Iran diplomacy grow, with traders awaiting the US PCE inflation report.

    AUD/USD attracts fresh buying for a second straight day, advancing toward the 0.7170 region after Australia released its latest consumer inflation data during Wednesday’s Asian session. The pair remains close to its highest level since early June, reached last Friday, as market participants turn their attention to the upcoming US Personal Consumption Expenditures (PCE) Price Index for further direction.

    Data from the Australian Bureau of Statistics showed that headline CPI inflation eased to 3.5% year-over-year in July from 3.8% in June. However, the figure exceeded the 3.2% market consensus, keeping the possibility of additional interest-rate tightening by the Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) on the table and providing fresh support for the Aussie.

    Meanwhile, the US Dollar continues to struggle for upward momentum as expectations for an immediate Federal Reserve rate hike fade. Lower US Treasury yields, declining oil prices and optimism surrounding potential US-Iran diplomatic progress are also weighing on the greenback. Investors are likely to remain cautious ahead of the US PCE inflation figures, which could offer additional clues about the Fed’s upcoming policy decisions.

    Recent softer US inflation data has strengthened expectations that the Federal Reserve could maintain rates at its September 15–16 meeting. A CNBC report also indicated that the US Treasury could deploy nearly $1 trillion to support increased buybacks of longer-dated bonds announced last week. At the same time, weaker oil prices have helped ease inflation concerns, contributing to lower Treasury yields and further limiting demand for the US Dollar.

    Overall, the current fundamental backdrop remains favorable for AUD/USD bulls, supporting expectations for further near-term gains. Any downside correction could attract fresh buying interest as long as the pair maintains its broader bullish structure.

    AUD/USD Technical Outlook

    AUDUSD chart by TradingView

    AUD/USD continues to trade above the 100-period Simple Moving Average (SMA) on the 4-hour chart, currently around 0.7085, signaling a constructive short-term trend. The 0.7085 area serves as immediate support, with buyers likely to defend this level and preserve the broader recovery.

    As long as AUD/USD remains above 0.7085, the bullish bias stays intact, keeping the pair positioned for a potential continuation toward its recent multi-month highs.

    Canadian Dollar slips as oil prices fall, while USD/CAD eyes US PCE for fresh direction

    • USD/CAD attracts modest buying interest as weaker crude prices put pressure on the commodity-linked Canadian Dollar.
    • Escalating US-Canada trade tensions add to CAD headwinds, although softer US Dollar demand limits the pair’s upside.
    • Markets await the US PCE inflation report for signals on the Federal Reserve’s rate outlook and the next USD/CAD move.

    USD/CAD edges higher during Wednesday’s Asian session, trading around the mid-1.3800 area while remaining within Tuesday’s range. Investors are now turning their attention to the US Personal Consumption Expenditures (PCE) Price Index, which could provide a fresh catalyst for the pair.

    The upcoming US inflation figures are expected to offer further clues about the Federal Reserve’s monetary-policy outlook and influence demand for the US Dollar. However, fading expectations for an immediate Fed rate hike, declining US Treasury yields and improving hopes for US-Iran diplomatic negotiations continue to limit USD gains and keep a lid on USD/CAD.

    Softer-than-expected US inflation data for July has reduced expectations for near-term Fed tightening, with markets increasingly anticipating that policymakers will leave interest rates unchanged at the September 15–16 meeting. Meanwhile, reports that the US Treasury could deploy nearly $1 trillion to help finance expanded buybacks of longer-term bonds have contributed to further declines in Treasury yields, weighing on the greenback.

    The Canadian Dollar, meanwhile, remains vulnerable to pressure from falling crude oil prices. Growing optimism over a potential diplomatic breakthrough between the US and Iran has pushed oil prices to a two-week low after Washington reportedly offered sanctions relief and an end to its naval blockade in exchange for the reopening of the Strait of Hormuz and an end to attacks by regional proxies.

    Additional pressure on the Loonie comes from escalating US-Canada trade tensions. Canada has announced new tariffs on US imports in retaliation for Washington’s 50% tariffs on approximately $20 billion worth of Canadian goods.

    Despite these factors favoring USD/CAD upside, the mixed fundamental picture suggests caution before assuming that the pair can extend its recent recovery from the 1.3730 region, its lowest level in three months, reached last Friday.

    USD/CAD Technical Outlook

    USDCAD chart by TradingView

    USD/CAD maintains a bearish short-term bias while trading below the 100-period Simple Moving Average (SMA) on the 4-hour chart, currently near 1.3912. This level remains an important resistance zone, and sellers could continue to defend it unless the pair breaks and holds decisively above the moving average.

    A sustained move above 1.3912 would weaken the current bearish structure and potentially signal the beginning of a broader recovery. Until then, the pair remains vulnerable to renewed downside pressure.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Bitcoin Cools After Debasement Trade Drives Best Weekly Gain in Over Three Years

    Bitcoin remained above $78,000 on Tuesday after briefly climbing to a three-month high, as concerns over the health of U.S. government finances weakened the dollar and encouraged investors to increase exposure to cryptocurrencies.

    The world’s largest cryptocurrency was little changed at $78,740.1 by 18:06 ET (22:06 GMT), after touching $81,220.4 earlier in the session. Bitcoin gained more than 22% last week, marking its strongest weekly performance since March 2023.

    Bitcoin Rally Gains Momentum as U.S. Bond Buybacks Raise Debasement Concerns

    Bitcoin’s recent rebound has been driven largely by growing concerns about U.S. fiscal conditions and the longer-term outlook for the dollar.

    Investor worries intensified after the U.S. Treasury announced plans last week to nearly double the pace of its bond buybacks in an effort to contain rising Treasury yields.

    The move raised concerns that increased government intervention in the bond market could undermine the dollar, fueling what has become known as the “debasement trade.”

    OCBC analysts noted that the Treasury’s buyback plans have shifted the market narrative away from rising yields and toward concerns about dollar debasement. This has contributed to a weaker U.S. dollar, stronger gold prices and higher inflation expectations, while increasing uncertainty over policy and the Federal Reserve’s independence has added further pressure on the greenback.

    As a result, investors have increasingly moved into gold and cryptocurrencies, which are viewed as relatively insulated from turmoil in traditional bond markets.

    Bitcoin has been a major beneficiary of this trend, while its weak performance earlier in the year has also attracted bargain hunters looking to capitalize on the sharp rebound.

    Bitcoin Rally Triggers $457 Million in Short Liquidations

    Bitcoin’s rapid recovery has also triggered a wave of short-position liquidations.

    According to Coinglass data, more than $457 million worth of Bitcoin short positions were liquidated over the past 24 hours. The surge follows last week’s rally, when billions of dollars in Bitcoin shorts were wiped out as prices accelerated higher.

    Other major cryptocurrencies also experienced significant liquidations, with Ether short positions worth approximately $112.3 million liquidated over the same period.

    Crypto Prices Today: Altcoins Lose Momentum After Strong Rally

    The broader cryptocurrency market pulled back on Tuesday as altcoins also paused following their recent gains.

    Crypto markets by TradingView

    Ether, the second-largest cryptocurrency by market capitalization, fell about 1% to $2,449.25, while XRP declined 2%.

    Solana edged up 0.1%, whereas BNB and Cardano dropped 0.9% and 4.1%, respectively.

    In the memecoin segment, Dogecoin fell 3.1%, while $TRUMP dropped 7.6%.

    Overall, the crypto market appears to be taking a breather after a powerful rally, with Bitcoin remaining supported by renewed demand for alternative assets amid growing concerns over U.S. fiscal stability and potential dollar debasement.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold and Silver Price Forecast: Gold Rises Above $4,650 as Silver Holds Above $69 Ahead of US PCE Data

    Gold and silver bars displayed beneath financial market charts

    Gold Climbs Above $4,650 as US Dollar Weakens and Treasury Buybacks Support Demand

    • Gold price extends its rally to around $4,670, marking its highest level in more than three months during early Asian trading on Wednesday.
    • A weaker US Dollar and declining Treasury yields continue to support demand for the precious metal.
    • The Trump administration expanded secondary sanctions on Iran, increasing geopolitical and inflation-related risks.

    Gold (XAU/USD) rises toward $4,670, its strongest level since May 14, as the precious metal benefits from broad US Dollar weakness and expectations surrounding the US Treasury’s bond buyback program.

    US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent recently indicated that Treasury buybacks could exceed $4 billion, following plans to double purchases of longer-dated government securities. The prospect of reduced Treasury supply has pushed longer-term yields lower and encouraged short-covering in the bond market, indirectly supporting gold.

    A weaker Greenback makes USD-denominated gold more affordable for international buyers, while lower Treasury yields reduce the opportunity cost of holding a non-yielding asset such as gold.

    Meanwhile, geopolitical risks are also gaining attention. The Trump administration has expanded secondary sanctions against entities and countries maintaining business relationships with Iran. Escalating tensions between Washington and Tehran could fuel concerns over energy prices and inflation, potentially influencing the Federal Reserve’s interest-rate path.

    However, higher inflation expectations and the possibility of future Fed rate hikes could limit gold’s upside, as higher interest rates tend to reduce the appeal of non-interest-bearing bullion.

    Markets will closely watch Fed Chair Kevin Warsh’s speech at the Jackson Hole Symposium on Friday for fresh clues about the US interest-rate outlook. Any hawkish signals from Fed officials could trigger some profit-taking in gold.

    Gold Rally May Be Vulnerable to Macro Risks

    TD Securities cautions that the latest gold rally could prove premature. With markets still pricing in potential rate hikes into 2027 and energy prices remaining a significant risk, the bank believes the current move may face challenges before gold can establish another sustained run toward record highs.

    Technical Outlook: XAU/USD Remains Bullish but Overbought

    Gold maintains a bullish near-term structure on the daily chart, trading comfortably above its 100-day SMA and the Bollinger middle band. The price is now approaching the upper portion of the Bollinger range, while the 14-day RSI near 73 indicates overbought conditions.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    On the downside, initial support is located around $4,380, corresponding to the 100-day SMA, followed by the Bollinger middle band near $4,340. A deeper correction could bring the lower Bollinger band around $3,955 into focus.

    To the upside, $4,725 represents the key resistance level near the upper Bollinger band. A sustained daily close above this area could reinforce the bullish trend and expose gold to further gains. Conversely, failure to break above $4,725 may trigger consolidation or a pullback as overbought conditions ease.

    Silver Price Forecast: XAG/USD Holds Above $69 as Markets Await US PCE Inflation Data

    • Silver price (XAG/USD) rises nearly 1% to around $69.40, supported by falling oil prices and easing concerns over energy supply disruptions.
    • Iran and Oman have resumed discussions aimed at establishing a temporary maritime corridor to facilitate safer navigation through the Strait of Hormuz.
    • Investors turn their attention to the US July PCE inflation report and the upcoming Jackson Hole Symposium for clues on the Federal Reserve’s policy outlook.

    Silver (XAG/USD) advances toward $69.40 during Wednesday’s Asian session, extending its recovery as crude oil prices decline. The move comes amid growing optimism that shipping through the Strait of Hormuz, a key route for nearly one-fifth of global energy supplies, could gradually resume.

    Iranian Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi and Oman’s Foreign Minister Badr Albusaidi reportedly discussed an interim framework designed to restore safe maritime traffic through the strategic waterway. The development has reduced concerns over a prolonged disruption to global energy supplies.

    Lower oil prices could ease inflationary pressures and reduce expectations for aggressive interest-rate hikes from major central banks. This environment tends to benefit non-yielding assets such as silver.

    Meanwhile, market participants are awaiting the US Personal Consumption Expenditures (PCE) Price Index for July, due at 12:30 GMT. Core PCE inflation, the Federal Reserve’s preferred inflation gauge, is expected to remain at 3.3% YoY, while monthly growth is forecast at 0.2%, up from 0.1% in June.

    The Jackson Hole Symposium will also be a major market catalyst this week, with investors looking for further signals about the Fed’s approach to inflation and interest rates.

    Jackson Hole Could Shape the Fed Rate Outlook

    TD Securities views Friday’s Jackson Hole event as the week’s key macroeconomic risk. Investors are expected to focus on Fed Chair Kevin Warsh’s prepared remarks for clearer guidance on the central bank’s inflation mandate.

    The bank expects the Fed to remain on hold for the foreseeable future, although it notes that persistently elevated inflation and a stabilized labor market could shift policymakers’ attention further toward price stability.

    If the Federal Reserve makes a policy move this year, TD Securities believes a rate hike could be more likely than a rate cut, potentially limiting silver’s upside.

    Silver Technical Analysis: XAG/USD Maintains Bullish Momentum

    On the daily chart, XAG/USD trades around $69.17, remaining comfortably above its 20-day EMA at $65.12. The sustained distance above this dynamic support level keeps the short-term outlook bullish.

    XAGUSD chart by TradingView

    The 14-day RSI stands at 64.65, indicating positive momentum while remaining below overbought territory. This suggests that buyers retain control without the market showing clear signs of exhaustion.

    On the downside, the 20-day EMA around $65.12 represents the first major support level. A sustained break below it could weaken the near-term bullish structure.

    To the upside, the June 17 high at $71.56 is the key resistance level. A decisive break above this barrier could reinforce the bullish trend and open the way toward higher levels.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Silver Price Forecast: XAG Decline Puts 100-Day SMA to the Test

    • XAG/USD retreats as buyers struggle to break above the $70.00 resistance level.
    • The RSI remains bullish but is weakening, pointing to fading short-term momentum.
    • A drop below $68.42 could open the door to further declines toward $65.64 and $62.19.

    Silver (XAG/USD) reversed lower on Monday, falling 0.59% as buyers failed to break above the $70.00 threshold. The rejection triggered a pullback toward the 100-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) at $68.42, with XAG/USD trading around $68.52 after reaching an intraday high of $69.92.

    XAG/USD Price Forecast: Technical Outlook

    Despite the recent decline, Silver’s broader uptrend remains intact as the price holds near the 100-day SMA. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) remains in bullish territory, although weakening momentum suggests buyers are losing some short-term strength.

    XAGUSD chart by TradingView

    The higher-high and higher-low structure continues to favor further upside. However, bulls need to reclaim the $70.00 level to target the 200-day SMA at $72.13. A sustained move above that level could shift attention toward the May 25 cycle high at $78.83.

    On the downside, the 100-day SMA at $68.42 remains the first key support. A decisive break below it could expose the August 20 low at $65.64, followed by the August 19 swing low at $62.19. Further weakness could bring the 50-day SMA at $61.34 into focus.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Wall Street Futures Hold Steady as Markets Await Nvidia Earnings and Fed Signals

    U.S. stock futures were largely unchanged on Monday evening after Wall Street closed mixed, with technology stocks under pressure as investors assessed new U.S. economic measures targeting Iran and looked ahead to a busy week of potentially market-moving events.

    Around 20:50 ET, S&P 500 Futures were flat at 7,669.25, while Nasdaq 100 Futures slipped 0.1% to 29,089.75. Dow Jones Futures were little changed at 53,479.0.

    Futures had traded lower earlier in the session as weakness in semiconductor stocks and caution ahead of Nvidia’s earnings weighed on sentiment.

    During Monday’s regular session, the Dow Jones Industrial Average gained 0.3%, while the S&P 500 declined 0.3% and the Nasdaq Composite lost 0.8%. Nvidia shares dropped 2.9%, while semiconductor peers such as Micron Technology and Broadcom also fell, putting additional pressure on the technology-heavy indexes.

    NDAQ100 chart by TradingView

    Geopolitical developments were another focus for investors as Washington increased economic pressure on Iran. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent warned countries conducting business with Tehran that they could face secondary sanctions, while the U.S. administration described its latest measures as an “economic D-Day” for Iran.

    Oil prices edged lower on Tuesday following a steep decline a day earlier, providing some relief to the bond market. Brent crude traded below $92 a barrel as markets assessed the potential impact of the new U.S. measures.

    Meanwhile, the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield declined by around 3 basis points to approximately 4.70%, while the 30-year yield eased to about 5.23%. Both yields had climbed to multi-year highs last week.

    Bond yields also came under pressure after CNBC reported that Treasury Secretary Bessent could potentially use the Treasury Department’s nearly $1 trillion Treasury General Account to finance an expansion of government bond buybacks.

    Still, Nvidia is expected to remain the key market focus. The chipmaker is scheduled to release its fiscal second-quarter 2027 results after Wednesday’s closing bell. Investors will closely examine the company’s guidance for signs that the enormous investment in artificial intelligence infrastructure continues to be justified.

    Markets are also preparing for the release of July personal consumption expenditures (PCE) inflation data later this week, a closely watched indicator for the Federal Reserve.

    The annual Jackson Hole symposium begins Thursday, with Fed Chair Kevin Warsh scheduled to speak on Friday. His comments could provide fresh clues about the future direction of U.S. interest rates.

    With Nvidia’s earnings, inflation figures, Federal Reserve signals and geopolitical developments all arriving in quick succession, markets have limited room for disappointment. The combination of these catalysts could determine whether the recent equity rally is able to regain momentum.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Crypto Today: Bitcoin, Ethereum and XRP Retreat as Rally Loses Momentum

    • Bitcoin remains capped below the $80,000 resistance, with $77,000 acting as key near-term support.
    • Ethereum pulls back toward the $2,400 demand area despite recording $697 million in weekly ETF inflows.
    • XRP extends its decline following an overheated rally, with the RSI indicating overbought conditions.

    The cryptocurrency market is undergoing a broad pullback on Monday as investors turn toward profit-taking following last week’s strong rally. Bitcoin (BTC) is trading slightly lower, with gains constrained below the $80,000 level and immediate support around $77,000.

    Ethereum (ETH), meanwhile, remains above near-term support at $2,400 but has yet to build enough momentum to challenge the next major resistance at $2,600. Ripple (XRP) is hovering near $1.48 as its momentum fades after surging 72% last week, climbing from around $1.00 to a peak near $1.70.

    Bitcoin, Ethereum and XRP ETFs attract strong inflows

    Bitcoin spot Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs) experienced a significant increase in investor demand, recording $1.92 billion in net inflows through Friday last week. This represented the strongest weekly inflow since October and signaled a notable improvement in risk appetite. Total cumulative inflows increased to $53.71 billion, compared with $51.79 billion the previous week.

    Ethereum spot ETFs also saw a sharp rebound in demand, attracting approximately $697 million in inflows through Friday. This was a substantial turnaround from the $2.26 million in outflows recorded the week before. Cumulative inflows subsequently rose to $12.15 billion from $11.45 billion.

    Institutional interest in XRP also strengthened, with XRP-related ETFs recording $40 million in inflows through Friday, significantly higher than the $2.25 million registered the previous week. SoSoValue data shows cumulative inflows of approximately $1.55 billion, while total assets under management reached $1.33 billion.

    If this stronger demand for crypto investment products continues, it could provide additional support for the broader cryptocurrency market and improve its recovery prospects. However, traders should remain cautious, as renewed profit-taking may limit further gains and potentially trigger a deeper market correction.

    Technical Analysis: Bitcoin Faces Resistance Near $80,000

    Bitcoin is trading around $77,240, remaining comfortably above its major Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs) and preserving a bullish short-term outlook. The 50-day EMA at $66,777, 100-day EMA at $67,410, and 200-day EMA at $71,805 are all positioned below the current price, supporting the underlying uptrend. The SuperTrend indicator also remains below Bitcoin at $70,570, further confirming the positive technical structure.

    Bitcoin price by TradingView

    However, Bitcoin has pulled back after approaching the key $80,000 resistance level. Momentum indicators suggest the market may need to consolidate before attempting another move higher. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 78, firmly in overbought territory, while the Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) remains above zero with a strong positive histogram. This combination indicates that bullish momentum is still present but increasingly stretched.

    Immediate support is located around $77,000, while the 200-day EMA near $71,805 provides a stronger technical floor. A deeper correction could bring the SuperTrend level at $70,570 into focus, followed by the 100-day and 50-day EMAs at $67,410 and $66,777, respectively. Given the elevated RSI and MACD readings, traders may find better risk-reward opportunities by waiting for pullbacks toward these support zones rather than chasing Bitcoin near current highs.

    Altcoin Outlook: Ethereum and XRP Maintain Bullish Structures

    Ethereum is trading near $2,444 and continues to hold well above its major moving averages, keeping the short-term outlook constructive. The price remains comfortably above the 50-day EMA at approximately $1,985 and the 100-day EMA near $1,973, while the 200-day EMA around $2,141 provides additional confirmation of the broader bullish trend.

    Ethereum price by TradingView

    Momentum remains strong, with the MACD staying in positive territory and the RSI near 77. However, the overbought RSI suggests that Ethereum’s recent advance may be becoming stretched and could require a period of consolidation.

    Immediate support is positioned around $2,400, followed by the 200-day EMA at $2,141. Further downside could bring the $1,985-$1,973 area into focus, where the 50-day and 100-day EMAs create a strong support cluster. On the upside, a sustained move above $2,600 could open the door toward the psychological $3,000 level.

    XRP is trading around $1.45 after a powerful rebound, with the price now positioned well above its key moving averages. XRP has moved above the 50-day EMA at $1.14, 100-day EMA at $1.18, and 200-day EMA at $1.35, highlighting a strong bullish impulse.

    XPR price by TradingView

    The RSI near 77 indicates that XRP is also firmly overbought, while the positive MACD confirms that upward momentum remains strong. Nevertheless, the stretched technical conditions increase the possibility of short-term consolidation or a pullback.

    The SuperTrend indicator at $1.25 represents the first significant downside support and could attract buyers if XRP retreats. The reclaimed 200-day EMA at $1.35, followed by the 100-day and 50-day EMAs at $1.18 and $1.14, respectively, provides additional support underneath the market. A healthy correction toward $1.25 could allow momentum to reset before XRP attempts another leg higher.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Capital.com (VN)

    English version

    Khám phá Trải nghiệm Giao dịch Hiện đại

    CFD là các công cụ tài chính phức tạp và tiềm ẩn rủi ro cao khiến nhà đầu tư có thể mất tiền nhanh chóng do tác động của đòn bẩy. Có tới 79,75% tài khoản nhà đầu tư cá nhân bị thua lỗ khi giao dịch CFD với nhà cung cấp này. Bạn nên cân nhắc liệu mình có hiểu rõ cách thức hoạt động của CFD hay không, cũng như liệu bạn có đủ khả năng chấp nhận rủi ro cao về việc mất tiền hay không.

    Được công nhận là Công ty Tăng trưởng Nhanh nhất tại Trung Đông và Cyprus trong hai năm liên tiếp, Capital.com là một trong những nhà môi giới năng động nhất trong ngành, phục vụ hơn 880.000 khách hàng và xây dựng được danh tiếng vững chắc nhờ sự đổi mới không ngừng.

    Công ty cung cấp một trong những danh mục CFD tiền điện tử lớn nhất trên thị trường, cho phép khách hàng tiếp cận hơn 450 tài sản kỹ thuật số khác nhau.

    Đánh giá Tổng quan

    Capital.com phù hợp với cả những người mới bắt đầu lẫn các nhà giao dịch giàu kinh nghiệm.

    Đối với người mới, nền tảng cung cấp tài khoản giao dịch thử nghiệm (demo) thân thiện với người dùng, giúp làm quen với biểu đồ, vị thế giao dịch, nguyên tắc ký quỹ (margin) và các chỉ báo kỹ thuật. Bên cạnh đó, Capital.com còn cung cấp hệ thống tài liệu đào tạo phong phú, hỗ trợ người dùng nâng cao kiến thức giao dịch. Nhà giao dịch cũng được hưởng lợi từ dịch vụ hỗ trợ khách hàng đa ngôn ngữ 24/7 trên toàn cầu. Với khả năng tùy chỉnh quy mô vị thế giao dịch linh hoạt, người dùng có thể quản lý mức độ rủi ro hiệu quả hơn.

    Đối với các nhà giao dịch giàu kinh nghiệm, Capital.com cũng là một lựa chọn hấp dẫn. Nền tảng được trang bị các công cụ biểu đồ trực quan, công cụ vẽ phân tích và hơn 100 chỉ báo kỹ thuật hỗ trợ phân tích thị trường chuyên sâu. Thông qua giao dịch sử dụng đòn bẩy, nhà giao dịch có thể kiểm soát các vị thế lớn hơn với số vốn ký quỹ thấp hơn. Tuy nhiên, cần lưu ý rằng đòn bẩy có thể làm gia tăng cả lợi nhuận tiềm năng lẫn mức thua lỗ.

    Ngoài ra, nhà môi giới này còn nổi bật với tốc độ khớp lệnh cực nhanh, trung bình chỉ 0,014 giây, cùng quy trình rút tiền hiệu quả khi 99% yêu cầu rút tiền được xử lý trong vòng 24 giờ trong năm 2026.

    Ưu điểm và Nhược điểm

    Ưu điểm

    • Giao diện trực quan, thân thiện với người dùng trên nhiều thiết bị.
    • Tiếp cận hơn 5.000 thị trường CFD khác nhau.
    • Cung cấp hơn 100 công cụ phân tích kỹ thuật.
    • Giao dịch không tính phí hoa hồng (có thể áp dụng các loại phí khác).
    • Tốc độ thực hiện lệnh trung bình chỉ 0,014 giây nhờ hệ thống máy chủ nội bộ.

    Nhược điểm

    • Dịch vụ không hỗ trợ khách hàng tại Hoa Kỳ.
    • Chỉ cung cấp các sản phẩm giao dịch CFD, không hỗ trợ mua bán trực tiếp tài sản cơ sở như cổ phiếu hoặc tiền điện tử thực.

    Độ Tin Cậy & An Toàn

    Môi trường Giao dịch Đáng Tin cậy

    Việc lựa chọn một nhà môi giới uy tín là yếu tố rất quan trọng, và Capital.com luôn xem đây là trách nhiệm hàng đầu. Công ty chú trọng tuân thủ các quy định pháp lý và áp dụng các biện pháp bảo mật mạnh mẽ nhằm bảo vệ tài sản cũng như thông tin cá nhân của khách hàng.

    Quản lý và Cấp phép:
    Capital.com cùng các công ty thành viên được cấp phép và quản lý bởi nhiều cơ quan tài chính hàng đầu thế giới, bao gồm FCA (Vương quốc Anh), CySEC (Síp), ASIC (Úc), SCB (Bahamas) và SCA (UAE). Các giấy phép này yêu cầu nhà môi giới tuân thủ những tiêu chuẩn nghiêm ngặt của ngành tài chính, giúp mang lại sự bảo vệ và niềm tin cao hơn cho nhà giao dịch. Khách hàng tại Việt Nam được phục vụ bởi Capital.com Online Investments Ltd, đơn vị được quản lý bởi Ủy ban Chứng khoán Bahamas (SCB).

    Phòng chống Gian lận:
    Để giảm thiểu rủi ro gian lận, Capital.com sử dụng công nghệ mã hóa tiên tiến, quy trình xác minh danh tính nghiêm ngặt và các hệ thống giám sát liên tục nhằm phát hiện và ngăn chặn các hành vi truy cập trái phép, góp phần bảo vệ an toàn cho tài khoản khách hàng.

    Bảo vệ Tiền của Khách hàng:
    Bảo mật là một phần cốt lõi trong hoạt động của Capital.com. Một trong những biện pháp quan trọng là việc sử dụng tài khoản tách biệt (segregated accounts), đảm bảo tiền của khách hàng được lưu giữ riêng biệt với nguồn vốn hoạt động của công ty. Cách tiếp cận này giúp tăng tính minh bạch và bổ sung thêm một lớp bảo vệ cho các nhà giao dịch.

    Tình trạng Giấy phép Quản lý (Regulatory Status)

    Cơ quan Quản lýĐược cấp phép
    ASIC (Úc)Có
    CySEC (Síp)Có
    DFSA (Dubai)Không
    SCB (Bahamas)Có
    CMA (UAE)Có
    EFSAKhông
    FCA (Vương quốc Anh)Có
    FMA (New Zealand)Không
    FSA (Seychelles)Không
    FSCA (Nam Phi)Không
    FSCKhông
    FIKhông
    JFSA (Nhật Bản)Không
    MAS (Singapore)Không

    Các Công cụ Giao dịch

    Tiếp cận Đa dạng Thị trường

    Capital.com cung cấp quyền tiếp cận hơn 5.000 thị trường CFD, bao gồm cổ phiếu, chỉ số, hàng hóa, ngoại hối, tiền điện tử và ETF. Với hơn 450 CFD tiền điện tử, đây là một trong những nhà cung cấp CFD crypto lớn trong ngành. Nền tảng liên tục mở rộng danh mục sản phẩm, từ các chỉ số dựa trên hợp đồng tương lai và chỉ số giao ngay đến hàng hóa nông nghiệp và ETF tập trung theo từng ngành.

    Nhà giao dịch có thể tiếp cận CFD đối với:

    • Hơn 4.000 cổ phiếu, bao gồm Tesla, Amazon, Meta và các cổ phiếu thuộc thị trường mới nổi.
    • Hơn 125 cặp tiền tệ, bao gồm các cặp chính, phụ và ngoại lai.
    • Hơn 450 tài sản kỹ thuật số.
    • Các chỉ số lớn trên toàn cầu, từ US 500 và Germany 40 đến các chỉ số chuẩn của từng khu vực.
    • Hàng hóa, bao gồm vàng, dầu thô, khí tự nhiên, yến mạch, thịt lợn nạc, gỗ và nhiều sản phẩm khác.
    • ETF theo dõi các chỉ số, vàng, các ngành công nghiệp và nhiều chủ đề đầu tư khác.
    • Các sản phẩm mới, bao gồm CFD dựa trên hợp đồng tương lai liên quan đến biến động thị trường, khí thải và các chỉ số của EU.

    Capital.com được đánh giá là một trong những nhà môi giới CFD có tốc độ niêm yết thị trường mới nhanh. Ví dụ, khi TrumpCoin và MelaniaCoin ra mắt vào thứ Sáu, hai tài sản này đã được đưa vào giao dịch trên Capital.com vào thứ Hai tiếp theo, cho thấy khả năng tích hợp thị trường mới nhanh chóng của nền tảng. Nhà môi giới này cũng nhanh chóng bổ sung các cổ phiếu IPO mới niêm yết, giúp nhà giao dịch tiếp cận kịp thời những cơ hội đầu tư mới nổi.

    Các Công cụ Giao dịch Được Cung cấp

    Công cụ Giao dịchCó sẵn
    CFD hàng hóaCó
    CFD ForexCó
    CFD tài sản kỹ thuật sốCó
    CFD ETFCó
    Hợp đồng tương lai (Futures)Không
    CFD chỉ sốCó
    CFD cổ phiếuCó
    Trái phiếuKhông
    Quyền chọn (Options)Không

    Các Loại Tài Khoản

    Lựa Chọn Phù Hợp Cho Mọi Nhà Giao Dịch

    Capital.com cung cấp nhiều loại tài khoản khác nhau, được thiết kế nhằm đáp ứng nhu cầu và sở thích riêng của các nhà giao dịch với nhiều mức độ kinh nghiệm. Nhà môi giới tập trung xây dựng trải nghiệm giao dịch có thể tùy chỉnh, đề cao tính linh hoạt và các tính năng hướng đến người dùng.

    Tài khoản Demo

    Đối với những nhà giao dịch mới hoặc những người muốn hoàn thiện chiến lược, Capital.com cung cấp tài khoản demo hữu ích. Môi trường không rủi ro này cho phép nhà giao dịch mô phỏng các điều kiện thị trường thực tế, phát triển kỹ năng và xây dựng sự tự tin mà không cần sử dụng tiền thật.

    Tài khoản Cá nhân

    Tài khoản bán lẻ tiêu chuẩn của Capital.com cung cấp quyền truy cập vào tài khoản CFD. Khách hàng cá nhân được hưởng cơ chế bảo vệ số dư âm, quyền tiếp cận hơn 5.000 thị trường, mức đòn bẩy được quản lý theo quy định và nhiều tính năng khác.

    Tình trạng Các Loại Tài khoản

    Loại Tài khoản / Tính năngCó sẵn
    Tài khoản DemoCó
    Tài khoản miễn phí qua đêm (Swap-Free)Có
    Tài khoản được quản lý (Managed Account)Không
    Phù hợp với người mới bắt đầuCó
    Phù hợp với nhà giao dịch chuyên nghiệpCó
    Tài khoản dành cho khách hàng Hoa KỳKhông

    * Điều kiện sử dụng phụ thuộc vào quốc gia cư trú của khách hàng.

    Hoa hồng và Phí giao dịch

    Cơ cấu giá minh bạch cho giao dịch chủ động

    Tại Capital.com, minh bạch về chi phí có nghĩa là không có các khoản phí ẩn, giúp khách hàng tiếp cận thị trường với cơ cấu chi phí rõ ràng và dễ hiểu. Các khoản phí mà khách hàng có thể gặp bao gồm:

    • Không tính hoa hồng trên các thị trường (các loại phí khác vẫn có thể áp dụng).
    • Không tính phí nạp tiền, rút tiền và phí lưu ký (các loại phí khác vẫn có thể áp dụng).
    • Không tính phí qua đêm đối với phần lớn các vị thế CFD có đòn bẩy 1:1*.
    • Spread cạnh tranh – nhà môi giới chủ yếu tạo doanh thu từ spread thay vì các khoản phí ẩn.
    • Chi phí giao dịch Forex thấp – spread EUR/USD trung bình ở mức 0,67 pip, thấp hơn mức trung bình của ngành.

    Phí tài trợ qua đêm áp dụng đối với Khí tự nhiên (Natural Gas), Cacao Mỹ (US Cocoa), Chỉ số biến động VIX và các cặp Forex có đồng Lira Thổ Nhĩ Kỳ (TRY), bất kể mức đòn bẩy được sử dụng.

    Tiền nạp tối thiểu

    Capital.com có mức yêu cầu vốn ban đầu tương đối thấp. Nhà giao dịch có thể bắt đầu với khoản tiền nạp tối thiểu chỉ 120 USD khi nạp tiền thông qua thẻ và Apple Pay. Mức tiền nạp tối thiểu có thể khác nhau đối với hình thức chuyển khoản ngân hàng.

    Phí giao dịch

    Chi phí giao dịch của nhà môi giới được tích hợp trực tiếp vào spread, giúp nhà giao dịch dễ dàng xác định chi phí trước khi thực hiện giao dịch mà không phải lo lắng về các khoản phí phát sinh bất ngờ.

    Phí tài khoản

    Không. Các pháp nhân thuộc tập đoàn không thu phí duy trì tài khoản hoặc phí không hoạt động, mang lại sự linh hoạt hơn cho khách hàng trong việc quản lý tài khoản mà không phát sinh thêm chi phí.

    Phí nạp tiền

    Nhà giao dịch có thể nạp tiền vào tài khoản Capital.com mà không phải trả phí nạp tiền. Tuy nhiên, ngân hàng, đơn vị phát hành thẻ tín dụng hoặc các nhà cung cấp dịch vụ thanh toán bên thứ ba có thể áp dụng phí riêng. Capital.com không chịu trách nhiệm đối với những khoản phí này.

    Các phương thức thanh toán bao gồm chuyển khoản ngân hàng tức thời, Apple Pay, các loại thẻ tín dụng phổ biến và nhiều phương thức khác tùy thuộc vào khu vực pháp lý.

    Phí rút tiền

    Capital.com không thu phí rút tiền. Tuy nhiên, ngân hàng, đơn vị phát hành thẻ hoặc các nhà cung cấp dịch vụ thanh toán bên thứ ba có thể áp dụng các khoản phí riêng. Capital.com không chịu trách nhiệm đối với những khoản phí này.

    Phí qua đêm

    Phí qua đêm có thể thay đổi và được áp dụng cho phần lớn các vị thế được giữ qua đêm. Capital.com không tính phí qua đêm đối với phần lớn CFD sử dụng đòn bẩy 1:1.

    Phí tài trợ qua đêm vẫn áp dụng đối với Khí tự nhiên, Cacao Mỹ, Chỉ số biến động VIX và các cặp Forex có đồng Lira Thổ Nhĩ Kỳ (TRY), bất kể mức đòn bẩy.

    Phí chuyển đổi tiền tệ

    Khi các giao dịch — bao gồm nhưng không giới hạn ở lợi nhuận, thua lỗ và phí tài trợ qua đêm — cần được chuyển đổi sang hoặc từ đồng tiền mặc định của tài khoản, phí chuyển đổi tiền tệ sẽ được áp dụng dựa trên tỷ giá hiện hành tại thời điểm chuyển đổi.

    Phí Guaranteed Stop-Loss

    Capital.com thu phí khi sử dụng lệnh Guaranteed Stop-Loss (cắt lỗ được đảm bảo) như một công cụ quản trị rủi ro, và khoản phí này được tính khi lệnh Guaranteed Stop-Loss được thực hiện.

    Trading Platforms

    Empowering Traders with User-Friendly Options

    Capital.com offers a range of trading platforms equipped with features designed to facilitate informed trading, market analysis, and risk management. The platforms provide advanced charting tools, including technical indicators and drawing tools, to help traders analyze price movements and patterns. The user-friendly interfaces cater to both beginners and experienced traders, offering intuitive navigation and customization options. In addition, TradingView integration enhances the overall charting experience. However, it is important to note that CFD trading is complex and carries a high level of risk.

    Compatibility with MetaTrader 4 (MT4) and MetaTrader 5 (MT5) enables advanced technical analysis. Although not explicitly stated, traders can utilize sophisticated tools to manage risk and optimize their strategies. 

    Capital.com’s proprietary platform is designed to enhance the trading experience, with a strong emphasis on user-focused design and innovation. The trading platforms are compatible with both Windows and Mac, providing multi-device access for greater flexibility and convenience.

    Web Trading Platform

    Capital.com’s web-based trading platform provides convenient access to the markets without requiring software installation. Traders can access charts, place trades, and manage their portfolios directly through their web browser.

    Mobile Trading App

    The broker offers user-friendly mobile trading apps for both Android and iOS devices, allowing traders to stay connected to the markets and make informed decisions while on the go.

    Desktop Trading Platform

    There is currently no dedicated desktop version of the platform available. However, traders can access Capital.com through its online web platform, which can be used on both PC and Mac.

    Các Tính năng Đặc biệt

    Hỗ trợ Ra quyết định

    Capital.com là một nhà môi giới nổi bật nhờ cung cấp hệ thống hỗ trợ toàn diện cho các nhà giao dịch. Nhà môi giới cung cấp cảnh báo giá theo thời gian thực và thông báo đẩy (push notification), giúp nhà giao dịch cập nhật những biến động của thị trường. Bên cạnh đó, các công cụ phát hiện xu hướng hỗ trợ người dùng đưa ra quyết định kịp thời hơn.

    Các tính năng so sánh và phân tích của nền tảng cho phép nhà giao dịch đánh giá và xem xét các chiến lược của mình, trong khi những công cụ quản trị rủi ro nâng cao giúp tạo ra một môi trường giao dịch có kiểm soát hơn.

    Capital.com cũng chú trọng mạnh đến đào tạo và giáo dục giao dịch, thể hiện qua hệ thống khóa học được xây dựng bài bản, video, bài viết, bảng thuật ngữ và các buổi hội thảo trực tuyến (webinar). Ngoài ra, nhà môi giới liên tục cải thiện trải nghiệm giao dịch demo, giúp người dùng rèn luyện và hoàn thiện kỹ năng mà không phải sử dụng vốn thực tế.

    Capital.com cũng cá nhân hóa nội dung và các thông tin phân tích dựa trên sở thích của từng người dùng.

    Nhìn chung, Capital.com nổi bật nhờ cung cấp nhiều công cụ và nguồn tài nguyên đổi mới, giúp nhà giao dịch nâng cao khả năng phân tích, quản lý rủi ro và đưa ra quyết định giao dịch hiệu quả hơn.

    Nghiên cứu và Đào tạo

    Hỗ trợ Phát triển Kiến thức

    Capital.com cam kết cung cấp các nguồn tài liệu giáo dục hữu ích nhằm hỗ trợ nhà giao dịch trong suốt quá trình học tập và giao dịch. Mặc dù hệ thống đào tạo khá toàn diện, vẫn còn một số điểm có thể được cải thiện nếu so sánh với các nhà môi giới hàng đầu trong ngành.

    Tổng quan Trung tâm Kiến thức:
    Trung tâm học tập của Capital.com được tổ chức bài bản, cung cấp nhiều tài liệu giáo dục dưới các hình thức dễ tiếp cận, phù hợp với nhà giao dịch ở nhiều cấp độ kinh nghiệm khác nhau.

    So sánh Nội dung Đào tạo:
    Capital.com cung cấp lượng lớn nội dung giáo dục, từ những khái niệm cơ bản đến các chiến lược giao dịch nâng cao. Nhà môi giới có các bài viết, video hướng dẫn và webinar, đáp ứng nhiều phong cách học tập khác nhau. Tuy nhiên, một số đối thủ hàng đầu vẫn cung cấp hệ thống tài liệu đa dạng và chuyên sâu hơn.

    Những Cải tiến trong Đào tạo:
    Trong những năm gần đây, Capital.com đã có những bước tiến đáng kể khi bổ sung webinar tương tác, các buổi đào tạo do chuyên gia hướng dẫn và các cẩm nang giao dịch chuyên sâu, qua đó nâng cao trải nghiệm học tập.

    Nguồn Nội dung:
    Các tài liệu giáo dục của Capital.com được xây dựng dựa trên kiến thức và góc nhìn từ nhà giao dịch giàu kinh nghiệm, chuyên gia tài chính và các nhà phân tích thị trường, mang đến cho người học nhiều góc nhìn đa dạng.

    Những Điểm Có thể Cải thiện:
    Capital.com có thể tăng mức độ tương tác và hiệu quả học tập bằng cách phát triển các khóa học tương tác, tích hợp câu hỏi kiểm tra và chức năng theo dõi tiến độ. Việc đa dạng hóa định dạng nội dung, chẳng hạn như podcast và các nghiên cứu tình huống (case study), cũng có thể giúp trải nghiệm học tập phong phú hơn.

    Nội dung Video:
    Capital.com sở hữu thư viện video đào tạo tương đối lớn, bao quát nhiều chủ đề từ hướng dẫn sử dụng nền tảng đến các chiến lược giao dịch nâng cao. Các video phù hợp với nhà giao dịch ở nhiều cấp độ kỹ năng, mặc dù việc bổ sung thêm những nội dung phân tích chuyên sâu có thể nâng cao hơn nữa hiệu quả học tập qua video.

    Mở rộng Nguồn Tài liệu Đào tạo:
    Để phục vụ nhà giao dịch tốt hơn, Capital.com có thể mở rộng các chủ đề đào tạo, đặc biệt về phân tích kỹ thuật nâng cao và chiến lược quản trị rủi ro, từ đó cung cấp những kiến thức chuyên sâu và mang tính thực tiễn cao hơn.

    Hỗ trợ Khách hàng

    Giao dịch Tự tin

    Capital.com cam kết đáp ứng nhu cầu của khách hàng thông qua hệ thống hỗ trợ khách hàng đa ngôn ngữ và toàn diện, được thiết kế nhằm giải đáp các câu hỏi và xử lý những vấn đề của khách hàng một cách nhanh chóng.

    Nhà môi giới cung cấp nhiều kênh liên lạc khác nhau, giúp nhà giao dịch dễ dàng tiếp cận bộ phận hỗ trợ khi cần.

    Hỗ trợ trực tiếp 24/7 được cung cấp, cho phép nhà giao dịch kết nối với nhân viên hỗ trợ để nhận được sự trợ giúp kịp thời. Đáng chú ý, Capital.com mở rộng dịch vụ hỗ trợ ngoài giờ giao dịch thông thường, giúp khách hàng vẫn có thể yêu cầu hỗ trợ ngay cả khi thị trường đóng cửa.

    Nhà môi giới cung cấp hỗ trợ đa kênh, bao gồm tính năng live chat thân thiện với người dùng trên website và nền tảng giao dịch Capital.com. Điều này cho phép khách hàng trao đổi theo thời gian thực với đội ngũ hỗ trợ có kiến thức chuyên môn. Nhà giao dịch cũng có thể liên hệ qua email, tạo ra một kênh trao đổi chính thức để gửi câu hỏi và phản hồi.

    Capital.com còn nâng cao chất lượng hỗ trợ thông qua mục FAQ và Trung tâm Trợ giúp (Help Center) toàn diện, cung cấp câu trả lời nhanh cho các câu hỏi thường gặp cũng như nhiều tài liệu tự hỗ trợ hữu ích. Nhà môi giới cũng cung cấp các bài viết và hướng dẫn giáo dục nhằm giải đáp những vấn đề phổ biến liên quan đến giao dịch.

    Nhìn chung, dịch vụ hỗ trợ khách hàng của Capital.com nổi bật nhờ khả năng hỗ trợ đa kênh và thời gian phục vụ vượt ngoài giờ làm việc thông thường.

    Tuy nhiên, vẫn còn một số điểm cần cải thiện, đặc biệt về mức độ dễ dàng tiếp cận nhân viên hỗ trợ và tốc độ phản hồi trong một số trường hợp.

    Mở Tài khoản

    Quy trình Đơn giản và Thân thiện với Người dùng

    Việc mở tài khoản tại Capital.com là một quy trình tương đối đơn giản, được thiết kế nhằm giúp nhà giao dịch bắt đầu hành trình giao dịch một cách thuận tiện. Giao diện thân thiện cùng hướng dẫn từng bước giúp quá trình đăng ký trở nên dễ dàng, ngay cả đối với người mới.

    Thông tin Cá nhân:
    Nhà giao dịch cần cung cấp các thông tin cá nhân cơ bản như họ tên, địa chỉ email và số điện thoại. Ngoài ra, họ sẽ phải trả lời một số câu hỏi nhằm xác định liệu mình có đáp ứng các yêu cầu pháp lý tại địa phương để giao dịch CFD hay không.

    Giấy tờ Xác minh:
    Người đăng ký cần cung cấp giấy tờ tùy thân, bằng chứng địa chỉ cư trú và các tài liệu cần thiết khác để xác minh tài khoản.

    Thời gian Mở tài khoản:
    Toàn bộ quá trình đăng ký, bao gồm cả việc xác minh giấy tờ, thường mất khá ít thời gian. Sau khi hoàn tất việc cung cấp đầy đủ các tài liệu cần thiết, tài khoản thường được xác minh trong vòng vài giờ hoặc nhanh hơn.

    Nhìn chung, quy trình mở tài khoản của Capital.com nổi bật nhờ giao diện dễ sử dụng, tốc độ xác minh nhanh và nhiều loại tài khoản. Tuy nhiên, quy trình này vẫn có thể được cải thiện hơn nữa nếu bổ sung thêm các tài liệu hướng dẫn và kiến thức giao dịch ngay trong giai đoạn đăng ký.

    Nạp và Rút tiền

    Thuận tiện và An toàn

    Capital.com cung cấp cho nhà giao dịch trải nghiệm quản lý nguồn vốn an toàn và thuận tiện thông qua nhiều phương thức nạp và rút tiền khác nhau. Nhà môi giới chú trọng bảo mật tài chính bằng cách sử dụng công nghệ mã hóa tiên tiến và tuân thủ các yêu cầu quản lý nghiêm ngặt, bao gồm tách biệt tiền của khách hàng và các quy định về phòng chống rửa tiền (AML).

    Nạp tiền:
    Nhà giao dịch có thể nạp tiền vào tài khoản thông qua các phương thức an toàn như chuyển khoản ngân hàng, thẻ tín dụng/thẻ ghi nợ phổ biến và nhiều loại ví điện tử*, mang lại sự linh hoạt và tốc độ xử lý thuận tiện.

    Rút tiền:
    Khách hàng có thể rút tiền thông qua chuyển khoản ngân hàng, thẻ tín dụng/thẻ ghi nợ đủ điều kiện hoặc ví điện tử, mang đến nhiều lựa chọn thuận tiện và dễ tiếp cận. Thời gian xử lý rút tiền có thể khác nhau tùy thuộc vào phương thức được lựa chọn và quy trình xác minh của nhà môi giới.

    Capital.com không thu phí nạp hoặc rút tiền. Tuy nhiên, các nhà cung cấp dịch vụ thanh toán bên thứ ba có thể áp dụng các khoản phí riêng.

    Nhìn chung, dịch vụ nạp và rút tiền của Capital.com, kết hợp với các biện pháp bảo mật chặt chẽ và chính sách minh bạch về phí, góp phần tạo nên uy tín của nhà môi giới trong việc quản lý nguồn vốn khách hàng. Tuy nhiên, việc cải thiện thời gian xử lý rút tiền đối với một số phương thức thanh toán có thể giúp nâng cao hơn nữa trải nghiệm của người dùng.

    Lưu ý: Các phương thức thanh toán khả dụng có thể khác nhau tùy theo quốc gia cư trú của khách hàng.

    Kết luận

    Capital.com là một lựa chọn đáng cân nhắc đối với các nhà giao dịch nhờ nền tảng thân thiện với người dùng, danh mục công cụ giao dịch đa dạng và hệ thống tuân thủ quy định chặt chẽ. Nền tảng phù hợp với cả người mới bắt đầu và các nhà giao dịch có kinh nghiệm. Tuy nhiên, Capital.com không chấp nhận khách hàng tại Hoa Kỳ và trong một số trường hợp có thể áp dụng phí qua đêm cùng một số loại phí khác.

    Nhìn chung, Capital.com được đánh giá là một trong những lựa chọn nổi bật trong ngành, mang đến trải nghiệm giao dịch tương đối toàn diện.

    Tuy nhiên, trước khi đưa ra quyết định, nhà giao dịch nên tìm hiểu kỹ về nhà môi giới, đồng thời đánh giá xem Capital.com có phù hợp với mục tiêu giao dịch và khả năng chấp nhận rủi ro của mình hay không. Giao dịch tài chính luôn tiềm ẩn rủi ro. Vì vậy, nghiên cứu kỹ thông tin, xem xét các điều khoản và điều kiện, đồng thời đưa ra quyết định dựa trên đầy đủ thông tin là những bước quan trọng trước khi mở tài khoản tại Capital.com hoặc bất kỳ nhà môi giới nào khác.

    Lưu ý: Phí tài trợ qua đêm áp dụng đối với Khí tự nhiên (Natural Gas), Cacao Mỹ (US Cocoa), Chỉ số biến động VIX và các cặp Forex có đồng Lira Thổ Nhĩ Kỳ (TRY), bất kể mức đòn bẩy được sử dụng.

    Cảnh báo Rủi ro

    79,75% tài khoản của nhà đầu tư cá nhân bị thua lỗ khi giao dịch spread betting và CFD với nhà cung cấp này. Bạn nên cân nhắc liệu mình có hiểu rõ cách thức hoạt động của CFD hay không và liệu mình có đủ khả năng chấp nhận rủi ro cao về việc mất tiền hay không.

    Bạn muốn nâng cao kiến thức giao dịch của mình? Hãy khám phá trang Kiến thức để tìm hiểu các hướng dẫn thực tế, những phân tích hữu ích và nguồn tài liệu giáo dục về giao dịch.

  • Capital.com (EN)

    Vietnamese version

    Discover a Modern Trading Experience

    CFDs are complex instruments and come with a high risk of losing money rapidly due to leverage.  79.75% of retail investor accounts lose money when trading CFDs with this provider. You should consider whether you understand how CFDs work, and whether you can afford to take the high risk of losing your money.

    Recognized as the Fastest-Growing Company in the Middle East and Cyprus for two consecutive years, Capital.com is one of the most dynamic brokers in the industry, serving more than 880,000 clients and earning a strong reputation for continuous innovation. The company offers one of the largest cryptocurrency CFD portfolios available, with access to over 450 digital assets.

    Overall Review

    Capital.com caters to both beginners and experienced traders. For newcomers, the platform provides a user-friendly demo account that helps users become familiar with charts, positions, margin principles, and technical indicators, along with a comprehensive range of educational resources. Traders also benefit from 24/7 multilingual customer support available worldwide. With flexible position sizing, users can effectively manage their risk exposure.

    Experienced traders will also find Capital.com highly appealing. The platform features intuitive charting tools, drawing instruments, and more than 100 technical indicators to support advanced market analysis. Through leveraged trading, traders can control larger positions with a lower marginalthough it is important to understand that leverage increases both potential profits and losses. In addition, the broker offers exceptionally fast execution speeds, averaging 0.014 seconds*, as well as a streamlined withdrawal process, with 99% of withdrawal requests processed within 24 hours in 2026.

    Pros and Cons

    Pros

    • Intuitive and user-friendly interface across devices
    • Access to 5,000+ CFD markets
    • More than 100 technical analysis tools
    • Commission-free trading (other fees apply)
    • Average trade execution speed of 0.014 seconds (in-house server infrastructure)

    Cons

    • Services are not available to U.S. clients
    • Only CFDs products are offered

    Trust & Safety

    A Reliable Trading Environment

    Choosing a trustworthy broker is essential, and Capital.com takes this responsibility seriously. The company prioritizes regulatory compliance and employs robust security measures to safeguard clients’ funds and personal information.

    Regulation: The Capital.com group companies are licensed and regulated by several leading financial authorities, including the UK’s FCA, Cyprus’ CySEC, Australia’s ASIC, the Bahamas’ SCB, and the UAE’s SCA. These licenses require the broker to adhere to strict industry standards, providing traders with greater protection and confidence. The clients from Vietnam are served by Capital.com Online Investments Ltd regulated by the Securities Commission of The Bahamas (SCB).

    Fraud Prevention: To help prevent fraud, Capital.com utilizes advanced encryption technology, rigorous identity verification procedures, and continuous monitoring systems to detect and prevent unauthorized access, helping keep client accounts secure.

    Client Fund Protection: Security is a core component of Capital.com’s operations. A key element of this is the use of segregated client accounts, ensuring that customer funds are kept separate from the company’s operational finances. This approach enhances transparency and provides an additional layer of protection for traders.

    Regulatory Status

    Regulatory AuthorityStatus
    ASIC (Australia)Yes
    CySEC (Cyprus)Yes
    DFSA (Dubai)No
    SCB (Bahamas)Yes
    CMA (UAE)Yes
    EFSANo
    FCA (United Kingdom)Yes
    FMA (New Zealand)No
    FSA (Seychelles)No
    FSCA (South Africa)No
    FSCNo
    FINo
    JFSA (Japan)No
    MAS (Singapore)No

    Trading Instruments

    Access to a Diverse Range of Markets

    Capital.com provides access to more than 5,000 CFD markets, covering stocks, indices, commodities, forex, cryptocurrencies, and ETFs. With over 450 cryptocurrency CFDs available, it is one of the largest crypto CFD providers in the industry. The platform continuously expands its product offering, adding everything from futures-based and cash indices to agricultural commodities and sector-focused ETFs.

    Traders can access CFDs on:

    • More than 4,000 stocks, including Tesla, Amazon, Meta, and emerging-market equities
    • Over 125 currency pairs, including major, minor, and exotic pairs
    • More than 450 digital assets
    • Major global indices, from the US 500 and Germany 40 to regional benchmarks
    • Commodities, including gold, crude oil, natural gas, oats, lean hogs, lumber, and more
    • ETFs tracking indices, gold, industry sectors, and other investment themes
    • New additions, including futures-based CFDs linked to volatility, emissions, and EU indices

    Capital.com is among the fastest CFD brokers when it comes to listing new markets. For example, when TrumpCoin and MelaniaCoin launched on a Friday, they became available for trading on Capital.com by the following Monday, demonstrating the platform’s rapid integration capabilities. The broker is also quick to introduce newly listed IPO stocks, allowing traders to gain timely access to emerging opportunities.

    Available Trading Instruments

    Trading InstrumentAvailable
    Commodity CFDsYes
    Forex CFDsYes
    Digital Asset CFDsYes
    ETF CFDsYes
    Futures ContractsNo
    Index CFDsYes
    Stock CFDsYes
    BondsNo
    OptionsNo

    Account Types

    Options for Every Trader

    Capital.com offers a diverse range of account types, carefully designed to meet the individual needs and preferences of traders at different experience levels. The broker focuses on delivering a customizable trading experience that prioritizes flexibility and user-centric features.

    Demo Account

    For new traders or those looking to refine their strategies, Capital.com provides a valuable demo account. This risk-free environment allows traders to simulate real-market conditions, develop their skills, and build confidence without using real money.

    Personal Account

    Capital.com’s standard retail account provides access to a CFD account. Retail clients benefit from negative balance protection, access to more than 5,000 markets, regulated leverage, and more.

    Account Type Availability

    Account Type / FeatureAvailable
    Demo AccountYes
    Swap-Free AccountYes*
    Managed AccountNo
    Suitable for BeginnersYes
    Suitable for ProfessionalsYes
    U.S. Client AccountsNo

    Eligibility is based on the client’s country of residence.

    Commissions and Fees

    Transparent Pricing for Informed Trading

    At Capital.com, transparent pricing means no hidden fees—just clear and straightforward access to the markets. Here is what clients can expect:

    • No commission on any market (other fees apply)
    • No deposit or withdrawal fees and no custody fees (other fees apply)
    • No overnight fees on most 1:1 leveraged CFD positions*
    • Competitive spreads – the broker primarily generates revenue from spreads rather than hidden fees
    • Low-cost forex trading – the average EUR/USD spread is 0.67 pips, below the industry average

    Overnight funding applies for Natural Gas, US Cocoa, Volatility Index (VIX), and forex pairs with Turkish Lira (TRY), regardless of leverage

    Minimum Deposit

    Capital.com has a low barrier to entry. Traders can start with a minimum deposit of just $120 when funding via card and Apple Pay. Minimum deposit requirements may vary for bank transfers.

    Trading Fees

    The broker’s trading costs are conveniently incorporated into the spread, allowing traders to understand their costs upfront without unexpected charges.

    Account Fees

    No. Group entity charges account maintenance or inactivity fees, giving clients greater flexibility in managing their accounts without additional costs.

    Deposit Fees

    Traders can fund their Capital.com accounts without being charged a deposit fee. However, fees may still be imposed by banks, credit card providers, or other third-party payment service providers. Capital.com is not responsible for such charges.

    Available payment methods include instant bank transfers, Apple Pay, major credit cards, and various other options depending on jurisdiction.

    Withdrawal Fees

    Capital.com does not charge withdrawal fees. However, banks, credit card providers, or other third-party payment providers may impose their own charges. Capital.com is not responsible for these fees.

    Overnight Fees

    Overnight charges may vary and apply to most positions held overnight. Capital.com does not charge overnight fees on most CFDs with 1:1 leverage.

    Overnight funding applies for Natural Gas, US Cocoa, Volatility Index (VIX), and forex pairs with Turkish Lira (TRY), regardless of leverage.

    Currency Conversion Fees

    When transactions—including, but not limited to, profits, losses, and overnight financing—need to be converted to or from your account’s default currency, a currency conversion fee will be applied to the prevailing exchange rate at the time of conversion.

    Guaranteed Stop-Loss Fees

    Capital.com charges a fee for using guaranteed stop-loss orders as a risk-management tool once such is executed.

    Trading Platforms

    Empowering Traders with User-Friendly Options

    Capital.com offers a range of trading platforms equipped with features designed to facilitate informed trading, market analysis, and risk management. The platforms provide advanced charting tools, including technical indicators and drawing tools, to help traders analyze price movements and patterns. The user-friendly interfaces cater to both beginners and experienced traders, offering intuitive navigation and customization options. In addition, TradingView integration enhances the overall charting experience. However, it is important to note that CFD trading is complex and carries a high level of risk.

    Compatibility with MetaTrader 4 (MT4) and MetaTrader 5 (MT5) enables advanced technical analysis. Although not explicitly stated, traders can utilize sophisticated tools to manage risk and optimize their strategies. 

    Capital.com’s proprietary platform is designed to enhance the trading experience, with a strong emphasis on user-focused design and innovation. The trading platforms are compatible with both Windows and Mac, providing multi-device access for greater flexibility and convenience.

    Web Trading Platform

    Capital.com’s web-based trading platform provides convenient access to the markets without requiring software installation. Traders can access charts, place trades, and manage their portfolios directly through their web browser.

    Mobile Trading App

    The broker offers user-friendly mobile trading apps for both Android and iOS devices, allowing traders to stay connected to the markets and make informed decisions while on the go.

    Desktop Trading Platform

    There is currently no dedicated desktop version of the platform available. However, traders can access Capital.com through its online web platform, which can be used on both PC and Mac.

    Special Features

    Decision-Making Support

    Capital.com is a leading broker known for providing comprehensive support to traders. The broker offers real-time price alerts and push notifications to keep traders informed about market volatility, along with trend-discovery tools to help them make timely decisions.

    The platform’s comparison and analysis features allow traders to evaluate their strategies, while advanced risk-management tools help create a more controlled trading environment. Capital.com’s commitment to education is evident through its structured courses, videos, articles, glossary, and webinars. In addition, the broker continuously enhances its demo trading experience, helping traders refine their skills without putting real capital at risk.

    Capital.com also tailors content and insights to individual preferences. Overall, Capital.com stands out as a broker that empowers traders with innovative tools and resources to support their analysis.

    Research and Education

    Supporting Knowledge Growth

    Capital.com is committed to providing traders with valuable educational resources to support their trading journey. While its educational offering is substantial, there is still room for further improvement compared with some industry leaders.

    Knowledge Center Overview: Capital.com’s learning center is well structured and provides a broad range of educational materials in easily accessible formats, catering to traders of all experience levels.

    Training Content Comparison: Capital.com offers extensive educational content covering everything from fundamental concepts to advanced strategies. The broker provides articles, video tutorials, and webinars to accommodate different learning preferences. However, some leading competitors offer a broader and more in-depth range of educational materials.

    Training Advancements: Capital.com has made significant progress in recent years by introducing interactive webinars, expert-led workshops, and in-depth trading guides to enhance the learning experience.

    Content Sources: Capital.com’s educational content draws on insights from experienced traders, financial experts, and market analysts, providing traders with a diverse range of perspectives.

    Areas for Improvement: Capital.com could further enhance engagement and learning outcomes by introducing interactive courses featuring quizzes and progress tracking. Diversifying content formats, such as podcasts and case studies, could also enrich the overall learning experience.

    Video Focus: Capital.com has a substantial library of educational videos covering topics ranging from platform navigation to advanced trading strategies. These videos cater well to traders across different skill levels, although more in-depth discussions could further enhance the video-learning experience.

    Expanding Educational Resources: To better serve traders, Capital.com could consider expanding its range of educational topics to include advanced technical analysis and risk-management strategies, providing traders with deeper and more practical insights.

    Customer Support

    Trade with Confidence

    Capital.com is committed to meeting its clients’ needs by providing comprehensive, multilingual customer support designed to address questions and concerns promptly.

    The broker offers multiple communication channels, making it convenient for traders to access assistance whenever needed.

    24/7 live customer support is available, allowing traders to connect with live representatives for timely assistance. Notably, Capital.com extends its support services beyond standard trading hours, enabling traders to seek assistance even when the markets are closed.

    The broker provides multichannel support, including a user-friendly live chat feature accessible through its website and Capital.com trading platform. This enables real-time communication with knowledgeable support representatives. Traders can also contact the broker via email, providing a documented channel for inquiries and feedback.

    Capital.com further enhances its support services through a comprehensive FAQ section and Help Center, offering quick answers to common questions and valuable self-help resources. The broker also provides educational articles and guides addressing common trading-related concerns.

    Considering these customer-focused services, Capital.com’s customer support stands out for its multichannel assistance and availability beyond standard business hours.

    However, there is still room for improvement in terms of the accessibility and response times of customer support representatives.

    Account Opening

    Streamlined and User-Friendly

    Opening an account with Capital.com is a straightforward process designed to give traders a seamless start to their trading journey. The broker’s user-friendly interface and step-by-step guidance make the registration process easy, even for beginners.

    Personal Information: Traders are required to provide basic personal details such as their name, email address, and phone number. They will also need to answer several questions to determine whether they meet the local requirements for CFD trading.

    Verification Documents: Applicants must submit identification documents, proof of address, and any other required documentation to verify their account.

    Account Opening Time: The entire registration process, including document verification, generally takes a short amount of time. Once all required documents have been submitted, accounts are typically verified within a few hours or less.

    Capital.com’s account-opening process stands out for its user-friendly interface, fast verification procedures, and availability of multiple account types. However, there is potential to further improve the process by providing additional educational resources during the application stage.

    Deposits and Withdrawals

    Convenient and Secure

    Capital.com ensures that traders can enjoy a secure and convenient fund-management experience through a variety of deposit and withdrawal options. The broker prioritizes financial security by using advanced encryption and complying with strict regulatory requirements, including segregated client funds and anti-money laundering guidelines.

    Deposits: Traders can fund their accounts through secure methods such as bank transfers, major credit/debit cards, and various e-wallet options*, providing flexibility and speed when depositing funds.

    Withdrawals: Withdrawals can be made via bank transfer, eligible credit/debit cards, or e-wallets, providing clients with convenient and accessible options. Withdrawal processing times may vary depending on the selected method and the broker’s verification procedures.

    Capital.com does not charge fees for deposits or withdrawals. However, third-party payment providers may impose their own fees.

    Overall, Capital.com’s deposit and withdrawal services, combined with strong security measures and a commitment to fee transparency, contribute to its strong reputation for fund management. However, improvements in withdrawal processing times for certain payment methods could further enhance the overall experience.

    The availability of certain payment methods may vary by country.

    Conclusion

    Capital.com is an attractive option for traders, offering a user-friendly platform, a wide range of trading instruments, and strong regulatory compliance. It caters to both beginners and experienced traders, although it does not accept U.S. clients and may charge overnight and some other fees in certain circumstances. Overall, Capital.com ranks among the leading options in the industry, offering a comprehensive trading experience.

    However, before making a decision, it is important to research the broker thoroughly and determine whether Capital.com is suitable for your trading objectives and risk tolerance. Trading always involves risk, so conducting thorough research, reviewing the terms and conditions, and making informed decisions are essential steps before opening an account with Capital.com or any other broker.

    Overnight funding applies for Natural Gas, US Cocoa, Volatility Index (VIX), and forex pairs with Turkish Lira (TRY), regardless of leverage.

    Risk Warning: 79.75% of retail investor accounts lose money when trading spread bets and CFDs with this provider. You should consider whether you understand how CFDs work and whether you can afford to take the high risk of losing your money.

    Ready to improve your trading knowledge? Explore our Knowledge page for practical guides, insights, and educational resources.

  • What Happens When Everything Starts to Look the Same?

    Genuine community requires time, effort, shared values, and sustained commitment—qualities that cannot simply be packaged, commoditized, and optimized for profit or delivered through a government program.

    That creates a fundamental problem in a profit-driven economy: durability is often less profitable than planned replacement. To maximize revenue, products are increasingly designed to become obsolete, unsupported, or outdated, whether through planned obsolescence, shorter product cycles, discontinued software support, constant upgrades, or relentless cost-cutting that gradually erodes quality.

    The same profit logic also weakens genuine competition. Because intense competition can squeeze margins, companies have incentives to eliminate it through consolidation, monopolies, and cartels. Consumers are then presented with a manufactured version of “competition” that creates the appearance of choice, even when supposedly competing brands belong to the same conglomerate or offer essentially identical products at similarly high prices.

    Once a monopoly or cartel controls an industry, disposability becomes the natural outcome. Durable products and genuinely high-quality services can reduce repeat purchases, making them less attractive to businesses focused on maximizing profits. With meaningful competition removed, consumers are left choosing between different versions of essentially the same low-quality, expensive offering.

    The enormous marketing industry helps maintain this illusion of choice. It persuades consumers that they are exercising meaningful freedom while masking a system in which the available options have become increasingly similar. The result is a form of privatized control in which consumers appear to have endless choices but often encounter only different versions of the same underlying model.

    The defining characteristic of disposable products and services is interchangeability. Once something becomes fully commoditized, its distinctive qualities disappear. One mass-produced breakfast cereal becomes difficult to distinguish from another; ultra-processed snacks become variations of the same formula; insurance policies become increasingly difficult to differentiate; and automated customer-service systems often deliver the same frustrating experience regardless of the company behind them.

    Commoditization also makes globalized production and supply chains possible. When products, services, and even labor are interchangeable, companies can reproduce the same systems almost anywhere. The same products appear across markets, customer-service frustrations become universal, and digital systems increasingly trap people in identical automated loops.

    Eventually, the logic of interchangeability reaches human beings themselves. As consumers and employees, people can increasingly be treated as interchangeable units within a global marketplace. Workers can be replaced by cheaper labor elsewhere, while consumers can be targeted and served through standardized systems designed for scale rather than individuality.

    When a product reaches the end of its useful life, it is discarded or, occasionally, recycled. People who become economically obsolete face a less visible version of the same process. There is no enormous landfill for discarded workers; instead, individuals can simply be pushed aside, isolated in their homes, or left without meaningful economic participation.

    Sometimes people are effectively “recycled” into lower-paying jobs or cheaper tiers of service. Someone may technically remain able to purchase healthcare, for example, while facing enormous deductibles and increasingly restrictive coverage. When the cost becomes unaffordable, people delay treatment and ultimately bear the consequences of a system that still technically considers them a customer.

    The same process is visible in employment. Losing a stable job with benefits does not necessarily mean being excluded from the labor market. Instead, workers can be absorbed into the growing gig, delivery, and rideshare economy, where labor itself becomes increasingly interchangeable and commoditized. When workers eventually burn out, they can simply disappear from the system with little institutional responsibility for what happens next.

    In a world where everything is disposable, repairing what is broken becomes economically inconvenient. If existing systems generate enormous profits, fundamentally redesigning them to make them affordable, durable, and genuinely competitive threatens those profits. Maintaining an inefficient system can therefore become more attractive than fixing it.

    The preferred solution may then be technological substitution rather than structural reform. Instead of redesigning expensive or inefficient systems, companies can replace human workers with AI agents and automated processes. If governments ultimately absorb some of the social costs created by displaced workers, businesses can still view the transition as financially beneficial.

    Yet there is a deeper irony in a world where everything is supposedly interchangeable and disposable: the things that matter most cannot be commoditized. Genuine community has value precisely because it is unique. It emerges from particular places, particular people, shared experiences, relationships, memories, trust, and history. Those qualities cannot be mass-produced or replaced with an interchangeable commercial product.

    What can be sold, however, is the appearance of community. Billionaires can purchase private bunkers, while affluent consumers can enter exclusive gated developments filled with carefully designed amenities and manufactured social experiences. But these substitutes cannot automatically create authentic community, because genuine belonging requires something money and centralized systems struggle to manufacture: time, effort, shared values, trust, and meaningful relationships.

    Read more news and analysis

  • 5 Major Financial Surprises of the Past 25 Years

    5 Black Swan Financial Trends That Emerged After 9/11

    I want to focus on the kind of extreme, unexpected events that Nassim Nicholas Taleb famously called “Black Swans” in his 2007 book of the same name.

    The ultimate Black Swan event occurred 25 years ago next month, when four hijacked, fuel-laden airliners were deliberately flown toward America’s financial and political centers—New York City and Washington, D.C.

    But beyond the immediate human and geopolitical consequences, 9/11 also set in motion several surprising financial trends. Here are five of the most striking.

    Surprise 1: From Budget Surpluses to $2 Trillion Annual Deficits

    From 1998 through 2001, the U.S. government recorded four consecutive annual budget surpluses—the first four-year streak in roughly a century.

    At the time, the national debt stood at around $5 trillion, and the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) projected that the debt could potentially be eliminated within a decade, by 2011.

    That forecast proved wildly wrong.

    Instead, the United States experienced its first four consecutive $1 trillion-plus annual budget deficits during Barack Obama’s first term, from 2009 through 2012.

    Today, annual deficits are approaching $2 trillion, with little indication of meaningful relief. To put the scale into perspective, the CBO estimates that in July 2026 alone, the federal government recorded a monthly deficit larger than the annual deficits recorded in any year before the 2008 financial crisis.

    That is an extraordinary transformation from where America stood in 2001.

    Surprise 2: The Longest War in American History—and Perhaps More to Come

    The explosion in federal spending was fueled in part by the “War on Terror” that followed 9/11.

    Rather than being a single conflict, it evolved into prolonged wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. The Afghanistan war lasted from 2001 to 2021, while the Iraq War began in 2003 and formally ended in 2011.

    According to the U.S. Department of Defense, the direct cost of those wars launched during George W. Bush’s first term reached at least $1.47 trillion—far above the estimates offered by then-Vice President Dick Cheney in March 2003.

    Broader estimates are even more staggering. According to Costs of War research, the United States has spent more than $8 trillion on post-9/11 wars and military operations across at least 85 countries, with the total economic burden potentially reaching $10 trillion to $14 trillion once veterans’ care and interest costs are included.

    The irony is particularly striking in Afghanistan. The central objective was to find Osama bin Laden, the mastermind behind 9/11. Yet he remained at large for another decade before being discovered in Pakistan.

    The result was a 20-year war whose costs vastly exceeded what most Americans could have imagined in September 2001.

    And now, with tensions involving Iran, the possibility of additional military commitments remains an uncomfortable question.

    Surprise 3: The “Free Money” Era and the Rise of Modern Monetary Theory

    Another extraordinary development emerged from the aftermath of the financial crisis.

    To support a weakened economy, the Federal Reserve adopted a Zero Interest Rate Policy (ZIRP) and launched multiple rounds of Quantitative Easing (QE).

    For roughly seven years, the federal funds rate remained between 0% and 0.25%.

    Under Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke, policymakers were determined to avoid the deflationary mistakes of the Great Depression. The Fed instead targeted approximately 2% inflation while using extremely low interest rates and large-scale asset purchases to inject liquidity into the financial system.

    The result was an unprecedented monetary environment in which borrowing became extraordinarily cheap and liquidity appeared almost limitless.

    It resembled an American experiment in what later became popularly associated with Modern Monetary Theory (MMT): enormous fiscal spending supported by extraordinarily accommodative monetary policy.

    When the Fed eventually began raising rates during Donald Trump’s presidency, financial markets pushed back hard. The sharp market selloff in late 2018 helped demonstrate just how dependent markets had become on cheap money.

    Surprise 4: Regulations Designed to Prevent Crises Created New Risks

    The post-9/11 era also produced a sweeping expansion of government regulation and financial oversight.

    Following the 2008 financial crisis, the Dodd-Frank Act introduced extensive new rules designed to reduce systemic risk and prevent another financial meltdown.

    But financial markets have a habit of adapting.

    As traditional banks and financial institutions faced tighter restrictions, capital and risk-taking increasingly migrated toward less-regulated areas of the financial system.

    The growth of private funds and other alternative investment vehicles illustrates the problem. Investors seeking higher returns can still find highly leveraged or high-interest opportunities outside the most heavily regulated parts of the financial system.

    The lesson is uncomfortable but familiar:

    Regulation can change where risk lives without necessarily eliminating the risk itself.

    You cannot legislate away human greed, excessive optimism, or reckless risk-taking. When one door closes, financial innovation often finds another.

    Surprise 5: The Stock Market Kept Climbing Anyway

    And then comes the biggest positive surprise.

    Despite terrorism, two prolonged wars, enormous fiscal deficits, the 2008 financial crisis, unprecedented monetary intervention, rising regulation, geopolitical turmoil and repeated market shocks, U.S. stocks continued to climb dramatically after 9/11.

    The gains have not always represented cheap valuations, and there have certainly been painful crashes along the way. But the long-term direction has remained remarkably resilient.

    That resilience offers a reminder of Adam Smith’s famous observation in 1778 that “there is a lot of ruin in a nation.”

    Britain survived the setbacks that followed the American victory at Saratoga. It survived the devastation of World War II. And the United States absorbed the enormous shocks of 9/11 and everything that followed.

    Yet its economy continued to innovate, companies continued to generate profits, and investors continued to participate in the growth of American enterprise.

    That may be the biggest Black Swan of all: despite everything thrown at it since September 11, 2001, the American economic machine kept moving forward.

    Read more news and analysis

  • How to Think Like an Investor Rather Than a Speculator

    How to Think Like an Investor, Not a Speculator

    Every few months, the same chart seems to appear in your feed. It shows what would have happened if you had invested just one dollar in the stock market a century ago—and how that single dollar could have grown into a considerable fortune.

    The message underneath is almost always the same: buy and hold. Time in the market matters more than trying to predict the perfect entry point.

    $1 invested in the market.

    The idea is compelling, and for the most part, it is correct.

    But there is one important detail those charts rarely mention: they were designed around an investor who does not actually exist.

    If your goal is to build lasting wealth rather than simply admire historical market returns, you first need to understand how an investor thinks. And surprisingly few people explain that part before telling you to buy stocks and hold them forever.

    The “Stocks for the Long Run” Story Has a Catch

    Let’s give the long-term investing argument its due. It is not a false promise.

    Over more than a century, U.S. equities have generally moved higher. Patient investors who own productive businesses have historically been rewarded. I am not suggesting that people should avoid stocks.

    The problem is what those impressive long-term charts quietly assume about the person looking at them.

    They assume you:

    • Have more than a century to invest.
    • Will never panic and sell during a downturn.
    • Will never need to withdraw your money at the wrong time.
    • Started investing when valuations were reasonable.

    For an actual person with a career, a mortgage, children, and a fixed retirement date, those assumptions are unrealistic.

    Once you remove them, the seemingly perfect chart becomes much less reassuring. The market shown in the chart is a smooth line rising over decades. The market investors actually experience is filled with crashes, recessions, corrections, and long periods of recovery.

    You Don’t Get the Market’s 126-Year Average

    The average return of the last century tells you something about history, but it does not tell you what your own investment experience will look like.

    Most people do not begin serious investing until their 30s or later. They may have three or four decades to build wealth before retirement. That means they are likely to experience only a handful of major market cycles.

    So while a 126-year average is useful historical information, it is not necessarily the return you will have available when you need to spend your money.

    There is another uncomfortable reality: markets spend a surprising amount of time below previous highs.

    The long-term upward trend is real, but investors do not experience that trend as a straight line. Much of the journey consists of recovering from losses and attempting to reach previous peaks.

    Investing in the market real vs promised returns

    That distinction matters because markets can grow wealth over time without delivering the smooth compounding path that many investors imagine.

    Compounding works best when capital remains intact. A major permanent loss can dramatically change the mathematics.

    Average Returns Can Hide Real Risk

    Financial commentary often talks about stocks producing average annual returns of 8% to 10% over long periods. But those figures are historical averages, generally before inflation, taxes, fees, and the impact of large drawdowns.

    Real investors do not receive an average return every year.

    They experience a sequence of gains and losses.

    That sequence matters enormously.

    An investor who entered the market near a major valuation peak could spend many years simply recovering lost purchasing power. Reaching the original starting value is not the same thing as generating wealth.

    Breaking even is not growth. It is simply recovering from a previous loss.

    This becomes especially important as retirement approaches. Someone in their 20s may have decades to recover from a major bear market. Someone approaching retirement may not have that luxury.

    Think Like an Investor, Not a Speculator

    So what is the alternative?

    The first step is understanding the difference between investing and speculation.

    An investor buys an ownership interest in a business, considers what that business is worth, evaluates the price being paid, and manages the risk of being wrong.

    A speculator is primarily focused on the market price and the possibility of selling the asset to someone else for more money later.

    Investor vs speculator

    In simple terms:

    • Investors focus on value.
    • Speculators focus on price.

    Speculation itself is not necessarily immoral or foolish. Some people deliberately speculate with money they can afford to lose and understand the risks involved.

    The real danger comes when someone believes they are investing while actually speculating.

    That creates a dangerous mismatch: they expect the security of long-term investing while taking the risks associated with short-term speculation.

    You can see this behavior in meme stocks, cryptocurrencies, leveraged trades, short-dated options, and even sports betting.

    Speculation vs Investing

    The technology has changed, but the underlying psychology has not.

    When people feel financially behind, the temptation to find a shortcut becomes even stronger. The desire for rapid wealth can turn speculation into something that looks like a financial plan.

    That is precisely where things can go wrong.

    The Margin of Safety

    The distinction between investing and speculation is not a new concept.

    Benjamin Graham and David Dodd emphasized the importance of analyzing an investment and demanding a reasonable degree of protection against being wrong.

    That idea is commonly known as the margin of safety.

    The principle is straightforward: pay less than what an asset is reasonably worth so that you have room for error.

    If you estimate that a business is worth $100 per share, buying it at $50 provides considerably more protection than buying it at $120.

    The margin of safety when investing

    Of course, estimating value is never perfect. Your assumptions can be wrong. The business can deteriorate. The economy can change.

    That is exactly why the margin of safety matters.

    It provides a buffer between your estimate of value and the price you actually pay.

    And sometimes the best investment decision is to do nothing.

    If nothing is available at a sensible price, holding cash and waiting can be more rational than forcing money into an overpriced opportunity.

    Patience is not inactivity. Sometimes patience is risk management.

    Two Questions Every Investor Should Ask

    Once you accept that your investing horizon is limited and that avoiding speculation matters, many investment decisions become much simpler.

    Two questions become particularly important.

    First: What price am I paying?

    Valuation matters because the price you pay influences the return you can reasonably expect.

    Valuations vs market returns

    Pay too much for future earnings and your future returns may be disappointing even if the underlying business performs well.

    Pay a reasonable price, and you create more room for attractive long-term returns.

    Average market return from high valuations

    This is not about predicting the exact market top or bottom. It is about recognizing that starting valuations influence future outcomes.

    Second: How much time do I actually have?

    This question is often overlooked.

    A 25-year-old with decades until retirement, stable income, and the ability to keep contributing during downturns has a very different risk profile from a 58-year-old who expects to retire within a few years.

    The market is the same.

    The investor is not.

    Time is one of the most valuable assets an investor has—and once it is gone, it cannot be recovered.

    Does Buy and Hold Still Work?

    Yes—but only when the circumstances are right.

    For investors who have:

    • A 30-year-plus investment horizon.
    • Reasonable starting valuations.
    • Low investment costs.
    • Consistent contributions.
    • The discipline to stay invested during major downturns.

    A diversified, low-cost index fund held for decades can be an exceptionally effective strategy.

    The philosophy behind buy-and-hold investing remains powerful because it reduces two major sources of poor performance: high costs and emotional decision-making.

    Investing in the market, two outcomes

    But notice how many conditions are attached.

    The strategy works best when the investor can satisfy all of those requirements.

    Real people, however, are not always perfectly patient. They may lose their jobs, face unexpected expenses, approach retirement, or panic during a severe market decline.

    And the starting valuation can make a major difference even when two investors follow exactly the same strategy.

    The strategy may not have failed the investor who started near a market peak.

    The problem may simply have been the price paid at the beginning.

    How to Start Investing With the Right Mindset

    So where should a new investor begin?

    Not with the latest stock tip.

    How to start investing table

    Not with a hot sector.

    And not with an app designed to make investing feel like a video game.

    Start with the fundamentals:

    1. Understand your financial goals.
    2. Determine your investment time horizon.
    3. Build an appropriate emergency reserve.
    4. Understand the risk you can realistically tolerate.
    5. Consider valuation before buying.
    6. Keep costs and taxes under control.
    7. Diversify your portfolio.
    8. Have a plan for market downturns.
    9. Avoid confusing speculation with investing.
    10. Be willing to wait when attractive opportunities are unavailable.

    None of this sounds particularly exciting.

    It will not make you rich overnight, and it probably will not become a viral social-media post.

    But this is how investors protect and grow capital over the long term.

    The goal is not simply to participate in the market. The goal is to remain financially strong enough to stay invested through the entire journey.

    Read more news and analysis

  • US Dollar Forecast: Warsh’s Jackson Hole Debut and Key Inflation Test

    The US Dollar Index (DXY) closed the week almost unchanged near 98.80 after briefly dipping into the 98.50 area before recovering. The Greenback remains close to its lowest level since May, with weaker Treasury yields playing a key role. The US Treasury’s decision to at least double buybacks of longer-term debt has pushed yields lower, weighing on the Dollar despite stronger-than-expected US business activity data.

    Gold climbed above $4,600 to reach a three-month high, while the Australian Dollar advanced to a multi-month peak. Crude Oil also remained elevated near a four-week high as geopolitical tensions in the Middle East continued.

    US Dollar Forecast: Key Events Ahead

    The upcoming week is heavily weighted toward the second half, with limited Dollar catalysts early on. The main highlights arrive on Wednesday with the July Personal Consumption Expenditures (PCE) Price Index, the Federal Reserve’s preferred inflation measure, followed by Friday’s key events: new Fed Chair Kevin Warsh’s first Jackson Hole keynote and the preliminary annual benchmark revision to US Nonfarm Payrolls.

    With the Dollar already trading near recent lows, a dovish tone from Warsh or a significant downward revision to employment data could put additional pressure on the Greenback.

    EUR/USD Outlook

    EUR/USD finished the week around 1.1680, remaining below the psychological 1.1700 level after another failed attempt to break higher. With few major Eurozone catalysts before Friday’s inflation data, the pair is likely to remain primarily driven by Dollar movements and developments at Jackson Hole. A stronger Eurozone HICP reading could reduce expectations for further ECB easing and provide support for the Euro heading into month-end.

    GBP/USD Outlook

    GBP/USD ended the week around the mid-1.3600s after retreating from its midweek highs. With little significant UK economic data scheduled, the pair is likely to take its cues mainly from the US Dollar and Warsh’s Jackson Hole speech. Trading could remain subdued before Friday before potentially seeing increased volatility.

    USD/JPY Outlook

    USD/JPY closed the week slightly above 159.00 as a softer Dollar was offset by continued Yen weakness caused by wide interest-rate differentials. Tokyo CPI data on Friday will be closely watched for clues about the Bank of Japan’s policy outlook. Stronger inflation could reinforce expectations for a September rate hike and put downward pressure on USD/JPY.

    AUD/USD Outlook

    AUD/USD climbed toward 0.7170, reaching its highest level in several months and outperforming other major currencies. The RBA minutes kick off the week, but Tuesday’s monthly inflation report will be the key event. Headline inflation is expected to ease toward 3.2% from 3.8%. A weaker-than-expected reading could reduce remaining expectations for RBA tightening and challenge the Australian Dollar’s recent rally.

    WTI Oil Outlook

    WTI Crude ended the week in the high-$80s, close to a four-week high. With no major oil-specific economic releases ahead, geopolitical developments remain the main driver. Washington’s shift toward economic sanctions against Iran instead of additional military strikes has reduced immediate concerns about a supply disruption, although stalled negotiations continue to support oil prices.

    Gold Outlook

    Gold closed above $4,600 at a three-month high, supported by a weaker US Dollar, declining real yields and renewed safe-haven demand amid Middle East tensions. The upcoming PCE inflation data and Warsh’s Jackson Hole speech will be crucial for the precious metal. A dovish signal from the new Fed Chair could extend Gold’s rally, while a more cautious stance on interest rates could trigger a deeper pullback.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold Rallies Above $4,600 as WTI Oil Falls Below $85 Ahead of New US Sanctions on Iran

    Gold Climbs Above $4,600 as US Treasury Buybacks Pressure the US Dollar

    • Gold (XAU/USD) advances toward $4,625 in early Asian trading on Monday.
    • US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent signaled that government bond buybacks could exceed $4 billion.
    • Iran has dismissed the prospect of new US sanctions as a “desperate” attempt to pressure Tehran.

    Gold prices (XAU/USD) extend their gains to around $4,625 during Monday’s early Asian session, reaching their highest level since May 15. The precious metal is benefiting from renewed weakness in the US Dollar following signals that the US Treasury could expand its bond buyback program.

    US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said last Thursday that the government could increase Treasury repurchases beyond $4 billion. The comments came one day after the department announced plans to double its purchases of longer-dated government securities.

    The prospect of stronger Treasury support at the long end has contributed to lower Treasury yields and weighed on the US Dollar. Since gold is priced in USD, a weaker dollar generally makes the metal more affordable for international buyers, potentially boosting demand.

    TD Securities Global Head of Commodity Strategy Bart Melek noted that technical factors are also supporting gold’s advance. He suggested that $4,700 could become the next target if the current momentum persists, while highlighting the decline in the US Dollar as an important driver of the rally.

    However, rising energy prices amid persistent tensions in the Middle East could fuel inflation concerns and potentially increase expectations for Federal Reserve rate hikes in the months ahead. Higher interest rates could limit gold’s upside, as the non-yielding asset tends to become less attractive when borrowing costs rise.

    Meanwhile, Iranian Foreign Minister Abbas Araghchi rejected the threat of another round of US economic sanctions, describing the potential measures as a “desperate” attempt to pressure Tehran. According to Reuters, he argued that the new sanctions would not succeed in weakening Iran. US President Donald Trump recently announced plans to intensify economic pressure on the Iranian economy.

    Treasury Buybacks Provide Support as the Fed Looks Beyond Energy Inflation

    TD Securities said indications that the US Treasury intends to support longer-dated bonds could provide additional support for gold and other precious metals. The outlook is further strengthened by expectations that the Federal Reserve may look through a temporary rise in energy prices rather than immediately responding with tighter policy.

    This combination could help gold maintain its elevated trading range and leave room for further gains as trend-following investors adjust their positions to the evolving policy environment.

    Technical Analysis: Gold Maintains a Bullish Bias Despite Overbought Conditions

    On the daily chart, XAU/USD retains a constructive short-term outlook after moving above both the 100-day simple moving average (SMA) and the Bollinger middle band. These levels continue to reinforce the broader bullish trend.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    However, the 14-period Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 70.81, indicating overbought conditions. This suggests that the recent upside momentum may be becoming stretched, particularly as gold approaches the upper Bollinger band.

    On the upside, immediate resistance is located near the upper Bollinger band at approximately $4,675.80. A sustained break above this level could open the way for further gains.

    On the downside, the current price zone may provide initial support, followed by the 100-day SMA at $4,379.39 and the Bollinger middle band at $4,305.50. A deeper pullback could bring the lower Bollinger band near $3,935.20 into focus.

    WTI Falls Below $85 as Traders Lock in Profits Ahead of New US Sanctions on Iran

    • WTI retreats as investors secure gains ahead of tougher US sanctions targeting Iranian oil exports and trading partners.
    • Ongoing Middle East tensions and disruptions around the Strait of Hormuz fail to prevent a short-term decline in crude prices.
    • WTI maintains a bullish technical outlook while holding above its nine-period and 50-period EMAs.

    West Texas Intermediate (WTI) crude oil declines after two consecutive sessions of gains, trading near $84.80 per barrel during Monday’s Asian session. The pullback comes as traders take profits ahead of an expected US announcement on tougher sanctions against Iran.

    US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent said Washington plans to introduce the “toughest” sanctions in history, describing the measures as an unprecedented effort to isolate Iran economically and pressure both Tehran and its trading partners to comply. The move could further tighten global energy supplies as Iranian oil exports face increasing disruptions and shipments to Chinese buyers decline amid the ongoing US naval blockade.

    Iran has rejected the planned measures, calling them another unsuccessful attempt to weaken its economy. Iranian officials said the country has extensive experience dealing with blockades and remains capable of maintaining economic activity and international trade ties.

    At the same time, geopolitical tensions around the Strait of Hormuz remain elevated. Oil tanker traffic through the key energy corridor continues to run well below historical levels, keeping supply risks firmly in focus.

    Strait of Hormuz Risks and Tight Diesel Inventories Support Oil Prices

    Commerzbank commodity strategists said developments surrounding the Strait of Hormuz remain a major focus for energy markets as geopolitical risks continue to influence short-term sentiment.

    With few major economic reports scheduled, traders are also likely to monitor inventory data closely. Particularly tight diesel inventories could provide additional support for the broader oil market and help underpin Brent prices.

    Technical Analysis: WTI Retains a Bullish Bias Despite the Pullback

    WTI trades around $84.80 while maintaining a constructive technical outlook. The price remains above both the short-term nine-period and 50-period Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs), indicating that underlying buying interest remains intact.

    WTI chart by TradingView

    The 14-day Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 56.06, remaining in neutral-to-positive territory. This suggests that bullish momentum is steady without showing signs of being excessively stretched.

    On the downside, the nine-period EMA at $83.91 provides the first level of support, followed by the 50-period EMA near $81.62. As long as WTI remains above these technical levels, the broader bullish structure stays intact, with potential dips likely to attract buyers rather than signal a major trend reversal.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Major Markets Test Key Support and Resistance Levels Amid Mixed Risk Signals

    DXY chart by TradingView

    NASDAQ 100

    The Nasdaq 100 ended the week lower, continuing to struggle to gain momentum above the psychologically important 30,000 level. Market participants remain cautious as uncertainty surrounding the economic outlook persists, while ongoing developments in the Middle East continue to influence investor sentiment.

    Table of prices NASDAQ 100 23/08/2026

    Additional pressure came after reports that the U.S. Treasury plans to conduct significant buybacks of 30-year bonds next month, a move that appears to have unsettled markets in the short term. Despite the recent weakness, the broader picture remains largely unchanged. The Nasdaq 100 continues to trade within a long-term bullish trend, suggesting that the latest pullback has not yet altered the overall upward trajectory.

    NZD/USD

    The New Zealand dollar also posted gains during the week, but its advance is encountering strong resistance in the 0.60–0.61 zone, an area that could limit further upside in the near term.

    Table of prices NZD/USD 23/08/2026

    Compared with several other Asia-Pacific currencies, the kiwi has benefited from expectations that the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) may maintain a relatively hawkish stance. However, the broader interest rate landscape continues to favor the United States, where yields remain comparatively attractive. As a result, the interest rate differential between the U.S. and New Zealand continues to provide underlying support for the U.S. dollar, potentially capping NZD/USD gains despite recent strength.

    Gold

    Gold prices rallied strongly during the week, breaking above the $4,500 level, a development that reinforces the metal’s underlying bullish momentum and highlights continued demand for safe-haven assets.

    Table of prices Gold 23/08/2026

    Despite the breakout, volatility is likely to remain elevated as investors navigate a complex mix of geopolitical tensions and evolving conditions in the U.S. Treasury market. These factors are expected to keep market sentiment fluid in the near term. Nevertheless, the broader outlook remains constructive, with gold continuing to trade within a well-established long-term uptrend, suggesting the recent advance may be part of a larger bullish continuation.

    WTI Crude Oil

    WTI crude oil remains highly volatile, with prices continuing to react sharply to developments in the Middle East. The unpredictable geopolitical situation means that any new headline could quickly trigger significant moves in the oil market.

    Table of prices WTI Crude Oil 23/08/2026

    The risk of further escalation remains a key concern, particularly given the possibility of disruptions to global oil supplies. While short-term price action is likely to remain choppy, the broader outlook for crude oil remains supported by geopolitical risk and the potential for supply constraints. Over the longer term, these factors could continue to provide upward pressure on oil prices.

    DAX

    The DAX remains under pressure, with investors closely monitoring concerns over Europe’s energy supply heading into the winter. Any deterioration in the energy situation could weigh on the German economy and create additional headwinds for the index.

    Table of prices DAX 23/08/2026

    Germany’s economy is heavily reliant on its industrial sector, making the DAX particularly sensitive to rising energy costs or potential supply disruptions. Against this backdrop, the 26,000 level remains a key area to watch, as traders assess whether the index can maintain its recent strength or face a deeper correction.

    USD/JPY

    The USD/JPY pair remained highly volatile, with the U.S. dollar moving sharply against the Japanese yen throughout Friday’s session and capping off another turbulent trading week.

    Table of prices USD/JPY 23/08/2026

    The 160 yen level remains a significant resistance area, likely to attract considerable attention from traders. Market participants are also keeping a close eye on the possibility of Japanese authorities intervening to support the yen, although there has been relatively little discussion of intervention recently.

    Meanwhile, the widening interest-rate differential between the U.S. and Japan continues to support the carry trade, potentially keeping demand for USD/JPY elevated as traders seek to benefit from the yield gap between the two currencies.

    USD/MXN

    The U.S. dollar continued to weaken against the Mexican peso, with the peso benefiting from its relatively attractive yield. The ongoing interest-rate differential between the two countries remains a key factor supporting demand for the Mexican currency.

    Table of prices USD/MXN 23/08/2026

    However, this trend could reverse quickly if global financial conditions deteriorate or a broader financial crisis emerges, as investors may move away from higher-yielding emerging-market currencies toward traditional safe-haven assets.

    For now, USD/MXN remains firmly entrenched in a strong downtrend, keeping the broader outlook bearish for the pair.

    EUR/USD

    The euro strengthened against the U.S. dollar this week, supported by broad-based weakness in the greenback. If the bullish momentum continues, the 1.19 level could become a longer-term target, although EUR/USD will first need to overcome resistance around 1.18.

    Table of prices EUR/USD 23/08/2026

    In the event of a short-term correction, the 50-week EMA near 1.1550 remains an important potential support zone. Overall, the direction of the pair continues to be closely tied to interest-rate expectations and movements in the U.S. Treasury market, which remain key drivers of the dollar’s performance.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Atlas: Thúc đẩy sự phát triển của con người và doanh nghiệp thông qua trí tuệ văn hóa.

    English

    Câu chuyện của Atlas

    Nhiều tổ chức đầu tư mạnh vào các chiến lược tăng trưởng, công nghệ và vận hành, nhưng vẫn gặp khó khăn trong việc gia tăng doanh thu và lợi nhuận. Thực tế, thách thức thường không nằm ở việc thiếu tham vọng hay nguồn lực, mà ở sự thiếu thấu hiểu những con người đang tạo nên giá trị cho doanh nghiệp mỗi ngày.

    Nhân viên thường là những người nhìn thấy các cơ hội, thách thức và điểm chưa hiệu quả trong tổ chức mà lãnh đạo có thể chưa nhận ra. Tuy nhiên, nhiều người chọn im lặng vì lo ngại rằng việc chia sẻ quan điểm một cách thẳng thắn có thể ảnh hưởng tiêu cực đến sự ổn định công việc, cơ hội thăng tiến hoặc thu nhập của họ.

    Kết quả là những góc nhìn giá trị không được lắng nghe, niềm tin dần suy giảm và doanh nghiệp bỏ lỡ cơ hội khai phá toàn bộ tiềm năng của mình.

    Atlas được tạo ra để thu hẹp khoảng cách giữa lãnh đạo và nhân viên. Được xây dựng trên niềm tin rằng sự thấu hiểu là nền tảng của hiệu suất, Atlas mang đến một môi trường an toàn và đáng tin cậy để mọi người chia sẻ trải nghiệm, quan điểm và ý tưởng của mình. Bằng cách giúp các tổ chức thực sự lắng nghe lực lượng lao động và trao cho nhân viên cơ hội được lên tiếng, Atlas xây dựng những kết nối bền chặt hơn, củng cố niềm tin và nuôi dưỡng cảm giác thuộc về sâu sắc hơn.

    Khi lãnh đạo và nhân viên hiểu nhau tốt hơn, họ có thể cùng hướng tới những mục tiêu chung, tạo dựng văn hóa làm việc lành mạnh hơn và thúc đẩy tăng trưởng doanh nghiệp bền vững.

    Tổng quan

    Cultural Infusion logo with vibrant multicoloured circle design and Atlas branding.

    Nền tảng phân tích bản sắc văn hóa hàng đầu thế giới.

    Trang bị cho các tổ chức năng lực lãnh đạo với sự tự tin, đồng thời nâng cao hiệu quả văn hóa, xã hội và kinh doanh.

    Văn hóa định hình con người, thị trường, lực lượng lao động, công nghệ và cả xã hội. Trong hơn hai thập kỷ qua, Cultural Infusion đã đồng hành cùng các tổ chức trong việc thấu hiểu sự phức tạp đó. Ngày nay, nền tảng Atlas của Cultural Infusion chuyển hóa tri thức văn hóa thành những dữ liệu và hiểu biết có thể đo lường được, giúp nâng cao chất lượng ra quyết định, phát triển năng lực nguồn nhân lực, cải thiện dịch vụ y tế, hỗ trợ hoạch định chính sách, tối ưu hiệu quả kinh doanh và tăng cường khả năng thích ứng của xã hội.

    Logos of top global organizations including Amazon, AWS, and Carers Australia.

    Tổng quan

    Nền tảng Atlas là thành quả của nhiều thập kỷ nghiên cứu, đổi mới và tư duy dẫn dắt trong lĩnh vực văn hóa. Đơn vị phát triển Atlas – Cultural Infusion – là tổ chức tiên phong trong việc thúc đẩy sự thấu hiểu liên văn hóa trên toàn cầu thông qua công nghệ, kinh nghiệm thực tiễn và các nghiên cứu đạt nhiều giải thưởng. Cultural Infusion hoạt động tại giao điểm giữa dữ liệu, văn hóa, doanh nghiệp toàn cầu và cộng đồng.

    Cultural Infusion hợp tác với các trường học, cơ quan chính phủ, doanh nghiệp, trường đại học và các tổ chức quốc tế nhằm giúp các tổ chức thấu hiểu con người, thị trường và xã hội. Các lĩnh vực hoạt động trải rộng từ phân tích lực lượng lao động, nghiên cứu phục vụ hoạch định chính sách, chiến lược ESG đến giáo dục liên văn hóa. Tầm nhìn của chúng tôi là xây dựng sự hòa hợp văn hóa và nâng cao chất lượng cuộc sống bằng cách đóng góp vào một xã hội thực sự coi trọng sự đa dạng và thấu hiểu văn hóa.

    Atlas, nền tảng SaaS chủ lực của Cultural Infusion, là một giải pháp công nghệ dữ liệu văn hóa và phân tích tiên phong, góp phần nâng cao năng lực quản trị, tuân thủ và trải nghiệm khảo sát của tổ chức, từ đó tạo ra những kết quả tích cực hơn về kinh doanh và xã hội.

    Cốt lõi của Atlas là bộ dữ liệu độc quyền phản ánh sự phong phú trong bản sắc văn hóa và đặc điểm nhân khẩu học của nhân loại, bao gồm hơn 42.000 dấu hiệu nhận diện bản sắc (identity markers). Bộ dữ liệu này có thể tích hợp liền mạch với các câu hỏi và dữ liệu hiện có của tổ chức, mang đến những góc nhìn sâu sắc mà các công cụ truyền thống khó có thể nắm bắt – hé lộ những sự thật văn hóa đằng sau con người trong tổ chức.

    Logos of UNESCO, AWS, UN Global Compact, and partners in cultural infusion.

    Lý do chúng tôi tồn tại: Các tổ chức đang vận hành mà thiếu đi khả năng nhìn nhận và thấu hiểu văn hóa.

    Những Lợi Ích mà Atlas Mang Lại

    Atlas mang lại những kết quả vượt trội về kinh doanh, xã hội và văn hóa. Với khả năng phân tích dữ liệu con người ở độ chi tiết chưa từng có, Atlas thiết lập tiêu chuẩn mới cho lĩnh vực dữ liệu văn hóa và bản sắc. Chính nền tảng dữ liệu độc quyền cùng phương pháp phân tích chuyên sâu đã tạo nên lợi thế khác biệt, giúp Atlas cung cấp những hiểu biết mà các công cụ truyền thống không thể mang lại.

    1. Lợi ích dành cho Chủ doanh nghiệp, Nhà sáng lập và Các bên liên quan

    Tối đa hóa lợi nhuận

    • Tăng cường mức độ gắn kết văn hóa và sự gắn bó của lực lượng lao động, nâng cao năng suất và tỷ lệ giữ chân nhân sự, đồng thời giảm thiểu rủi ro về con người, chi phí thay thế nhân sự và theo dõi hiệu quả hoạt động theo thời gian.

    Nâng cao hiệu suất lực lượng lao động

    • Thấu hiểu chính xác cơ cấu và tâm lý của lực lượng lao động, đồng thời phát hiện những rủi ro, khoảng trống và cơ hội mà các hệ thống truyền thống thường bỏ sót.

    Cải thiện hiệu quả quản lý và điều hành

    • Cung cấp cho đội ngũ lãnh đạo những hiểu biết văn hóa theo thời gian thực, giúp đưa ra quyết định chính xác hơn, xây dựng đội ngũ vững mạnh hơn và tạo ra môi trường làm việc hòa nhập, hiệu quả và năng suất hơn.

    Tăng cường giá trị và uy tín thương hiệu

    • Củng cố thương hiệu nhà tuyển dụng, thu hút nhân tài hàng đầu và biến văn hóa doanh nghiệp thành một động lực tăng trưởng có thể đo lường được, tạo sức hấp dẫn đối với cả nhà đầu tư lẫn khách hàng.

    2. Lợi ích dành cho Nhà quản lý và Lãnh đạo

    Nâng cao năng lực lãnh đạo

    • Creating a strong foundation for career growth and advancement.

    Tạo nền tảng vững chắc cho sự phát triển và thăng tiến trong sự nghiệp.

    • Giảm xung đột và nâng cao tinh thần trách nhiệm cũng như tính chủ động của nhân viên

    Nâng cao hiệu quả hoạt động của bộ phận

    • Giúp doanh nghiệp đạt được các mục tiêu kinh doanh nhanh hơn và bền vững hơn.

    Mở rộng cơ hội được công nhận và khen thưởng

    • Bao gồm cơ hội nhận được mức thu nhập cao hơn, chế độ phúc lợi tốt hơn và triển vọng phát triển nghề nghiệp rộng mở hơn.

    Mở rộng tầm ảnh hưởng trong tổ chức

    • Trở thành một nhà lãnh đạo đáng tin cậy, có khả năng truyền cảm hứng và tạo động lực cho đội ngũ.

    3. Lợi ích dành cho Nhân viên

    Trao quyền cho tiếng nói của nhân viên – Được lắng nghe. Được trân trọng. Được kết nối.

    • Atlas góp phần xây dựng niềm tin, tạo nên môi trường làm việc nơi mọi người có thể tự tin và an tâm thể hiện bản thân, biết rằng bản sắc, trải nghiệm và quan điểm của họ đều được tôn trọng và ghi nhận.

    Góp phần tạo nên nơi làm việc tích cực hơn

    • Bằng cách trao cho nhân viên tiếng nói có ý nghĩa trong các quyết định ảnh hưởng đến văn hóa doanh nghiệp, sự hòa nhập, sức khỏe toàn diện (tài chính, tinh thần, cảm xúc và xã hội), cũng như tương lai nghề nghiệp và cơ hội phát triển sự nghiệp của họ.

    Đảm bảo quyền riêng tư và xây dựng niềm tin

    • Thông qua một trải nghiệm thực sự ẩn danh và an toàn, tôn trọng và ghi nhận đầy đủ sự đa dạng cũng như những khía cạnh tạo nên bản sắc riêng của mỗi cá nhân.

    Sự đồng cảm – Cảm nhận được sự lắng nghe và thấu hiểu

    • Giúp các tổ chức vượt qua những giả định chủ quan và thấu hiểu sâu sắc hơn về những con người tạo nên thành công của họ.

    Tăng cường cảm giác thuộc về và sự an toàn tâm lý

    • Thông qua việc kiến tạo môi trường văn hóa nơi mọi sự khác biệt về nền tảng, quan điểm và trải nghiệm đều được thấu hiểu, công nhận và trân trọng.

    Xây dựng mối quan hệ gắn kết hơn

    • Tạo sự kết nối sâu sắc hơn với đồng nghiệp, lãnh đạo và sứ mệnh của tổ chức dựa trên nền tảng thấu hiểu và tin tưởng lẫn nhau.

    Lưu ý: Đây là một số lợi ích cốt lõi. Những giá trị bổ sung và các lợi ích tiềm ẩn khác sẽ tiếp tục được khám phá khi tổ chức và nhân viên sử dụng dịch vụ trong quá trình phát triển.

    Atlas giúp con người và tổ chức khai phá tiềm năng, tạo động lực tăng trưởng kinh doanh bền vững thông qua 3 yếu tố cốt lõi

    1. Bộ dữ liệu văn hóa độc quyền

    Được xây dựng dựa trên 7 năm nghiên cứu và phát triển (R&D) chuyên sâu, Atlas vận hành trên nền tảng các bộ dữ liệu văn hóa độc quyền, mở ra một cấp độ mới trong việc thấu hiểu con người. Thông qua quá trình triển khai thực tế trên toàn cầu, hệ thống liên tục được mở rộng và phát triển thành một nền tảng khoa học công dân toàn cầu sống động.

    Được cấu trúc dựa trên 7 trụ cột văn hóa, Atlas có khả năng đo lường những khía cạnh mà không một hệ thống nào khác có thể thực hiện.

    Những hạn chế của các hệ thống truyền thống đang tạo ra khoảng trống trong dữ liệu văn hóa – một khoảng trống khiến doanh nghiệp phải chịu tổn thất về hiệu quả, hiệu suất và trải nghiệm của chính đội ngũ nhân sự.

    2. Quyền riêng tư & Niềm tin

    Atlas – Nền tảng trí tuệ văn hóa đáng tin cậy, an toàn, khoa học và toàn diện

    Công cụ phân tích nâng cao của Atlas được xây dựng trên nền tảng trải nghiệm thực sự ẩn danh và đáng tin cậy, giúp nhân viên tự tin chia sẻ quan điểm, trải nghiệm và bản sắc của mình một cách chân thực.

    Kết quả là các tổ chức có thể thấu hiểu con người của họ ở chiều sâu hơn, từ đó chuyển hóa những hiểu biết này thành các giá trị có thể đo lường được như hiệu suất kinh doanh, sự hòa nhập và tác động tích cực đến tổ chức.

    Atlas đã được triển khai tại hơn 40 quốc gia, tuân thủ các quy định hiện hành về dữ liệu và quyền riêng tư tại từng khu vực, đồng thời đạt chứng nhận ISO 27001. Khách hàng của Atlas trải rộng từ các tổ chức phi lợi nhuận quy mô nhỏ, các tổ chức phi chính phủ lớn như Liên Hợp Quốc (UN), cho đến các doanh nghiệp toàn cầu và hệ sinh thái công nghệ như AWS.

    3. Dashboard theo thời gian thực, Phân tích chuyên sâu, Đo lường Benchmark và Báo cáo thông minh với các Insight hỗ trợ bởi AI

    Atlas cung cấp hệ thống Insight có khả năng hành động đa dạng, được tạo ra theo thời gian thực.

    Từ biểu đồ trực quan, dữ liệu đối sánh (benchmark), các chỉ số so sánh, đến cây ngôn ngữ và văn hóa, dữ liệu của Atlas được thiết kế để mang lại những giá trị thực tiễn và có thể ứng dụng ngay trong hoạt động quản trị.

    Khả năng báo cáo nâng cao của Atlas giúp khách hàng khám phá những góc nhìn mới, xác định các lĩnh vực ưu tiên trước đây chưa được nhận diện, đồng thời cung cấp các báo cáo chuyên sâu, đề xuất giải pháp và tùy chọn tư vấn phù hợp.

    Ai sử dụng Atlas?

    Atlas được sử dụng bởi nhiều loại hình doanh nghiệp thuộc đa dạng lĩnh vực và ngành nghề khác nhau.

    Nền tảng này được các doanh nghiệp sử dụng trực tiếp, đồng thời cũng được các đơn vị tư vấn và cố vấn chiến lược ứng dụng trong hoạt động chuyên môn. Hiện nay, Atlas đang phát triển thành một hệ sinh thái marketplace, cho phép các khung khảo sát và đánh giá khác triển khai, lưu trữ và vận hành các chương trình đánh giá của riêng họ trên nền tảng.

    Các nguồn tham khảo quan trọng

    Hoạt động dẫn dắt tư duy (thought leadership) và hợp tác tổ chức sự kiện của chúng tôi đang không ngừng mở rộng. Các công trình của chúng tôi được giới thiệu trên phạm vi toàn cầu và được trích dẫn tại nhiều hội nghị quốc tế trên khắp thế giới. Chúng tôi công bố các nghiên cứu được bình duyệt, các báo cáo chuyên sâu và bài viết có tính dẫn dắt trong lĩnh vực, đồng thời thường xuyên được mời chia sẻ tại các sự kiện quốc tế với những nghiên cứu tình huống (case study) cụ thể.

    Dưới đây là một số nguồn tham khảo:

    Báo giá dịch vụ và Thông tin liên hệ

    Bảng giá gói thuê bao nền tảng hằng năm (USD)

    Chúng tôi cung cấp một nền tảng toàn diện cho phép các nhà quản trị truy cập vào các thông tin chuyên sâu theo thời gian thực và tùy chỉnh bảng điều khiển (dashboard) phù hợp với mục tiêu cũng như cơ cấu riêng của tổ chức. Nền tảng cung cấp khả năng báo cáo và phân tích dữ liệu thông qua dashboard theo thời gian thực, hỗ trợ quản lý nhóm, đồng thời cho phép xuất dữ liệu một cách liền mạch, giúp các tổ chức theo dõi, phân tích và khai thác dữ liệu một cách hiệu quả.

    Lưu ý quan trọng: Mức giá hiện tại đã bao gồm ưu đãi giảm 50% độc quyền và chỉ áp dụng trong khoảng thời gian diễn ra chiến dịch Indiegogo.

    Liên hệ ngay

    Để đặt lịch xem bản demo sản phẩm

    Logo of The Eternal Sovereign with cultural and spiritual symbols.
    Đặt lịch trải nghiệm Atlas

    Xem Các Gói của Chúng Tôi

    Indiegogo

  • Atlas: Empowering People and Business Growth Through Cultural Intelligence

    Vietnamese

    Atlas’s Story

    Many organisations invest heavily in growth strategies, technology, and operations, yet still struggle to increase revenue and profitability. Often, the challenge is not a lack of ambition or resources, but a lack of understanding of the people who drive the business every day. Employees see opportunities, challenges, and inefficiencies that leaders may not always be aware of. However, many choose to remain silent because they fear that speaking honestly could negatively impact their job security, career progression, or income.

    As a result, valuable insights go unheard, trust weakens, and businesses miss opportunities to unlock their full potential.

    Atlas was created to bridge this gap between leaders and employees. Built on the belief that understanding drives performance, Atlas provides a safe and trusted way for people to share their experiences, perspectives, and ideas. By helping organisation’s truly listen to their workforce and empowering employees to have a voice,

    Atlas builds stronger connections, greater trust, and a deeper sense of belonging. When leaders and employees understand each other better, they can work together toward shared goals, creating healthier workplace cultures and driving sustainable business growth.

    Introduction

    Cultural Infusion logo with vibrant multicoloured circle design and Atlas branding.

    The world’s leading cultural identity analytics platform

    Equipping organisations to lead with confidence, strengthening cultural, social and commercial performance

    Culture shapes people, markets, workforces, technology and societies. For more than twenty years, Cultural Infusion has been helping organisations understand that complexity. Today, its Atlas platform converts cultural knowledge into measurable intelligence that improves decision making, workforce capability, healthcare, policy,  business performance and social resilience.

    Logos of leading organisations supporting business and cultural growth.

    An Overview

    The Atlas platform is the culmination of decades of work and thought leadership in the cultural space. Its creator, Cultural Infusion is a leader in promoting intercultural understanding worldwide, through award winning technology, experience and research, operating at the intersection of data, culture, and global business and communities.

    It works with schools, governments, enterprises, universities, and international institutions to help organisations understand people, markets, and societies – spanning workforce analytics, policy-relevant research, ESG strategies, and intercultural education. Our vision is to build cultural harmony and wellbeing by contributing to a society that genuinely values it.

    Atlas, Cultural Infusion’s flagship SaaS platform, is a standard‑setting analytics & cultural data technology, enriching organisational intelligence, compliance and survey experiences to strengthen business & social outcomes. 

    At its core is a proprietary dataset reflecting humanity’s rich cultural and demographic attributes, spanning over 42,000 identity markers. These datasets intersect seamlessly with an organisation’s own questions, delivering the missing insights that conventional tools simply cannot capture – the cultural truth behind its people.

    Logos of UNESCO, WFP, AWS, and other cultural organisations.

    Why we exist: Organisations are flying without visibility on culture.

    Logos of UNESCO, WFP, AWS, and other cultural organisations.

    Where Atlas delivers value

    Atlas improves business, social and cultural outcomes. It provides the standard setting data analytics on people with an unprecedented granularity and this is what makes our structure and our company different.

    Logos of UNESCO, WFP, AWS, and other cultural organisations.

    1. Benefits for Business Owners/ Founders/ Stakeholders

    Profit maximisation

    • Increase cultural and workforce engagement, productivity, and retention while reducing people risk, the costs of turnover and track performance over time.

    Enhanced Workforce Performance

    • Understand the true composition and sentiment of your workforce and uncover risks, gaps, and opportunities that traditional systems miss.

    Enhanced Management Capabilities

    • Give leaders real-time cultural insights to make better decisions, build stronger teams, and create more inclusive and productive workplaces.

    Stronger Business Branding

    • Strengthen employer brand, attract top talent, and turn culture into a measurable driver of business performance that investors and customers will be drawn to.

    2. Benefits for Managers/ Leaders

    Enhance leadership capabilities

    • Creating a strong foundation for career growth and advancement.

    Manage teams more effectively

    • By reducing conflicts and increasing employee accountability and initiative.

    Improve departmental performance

    • Enabling faster and more sustainable achievement of business objectives.

    Increase opportunities for recognition and rewards

    • Including higher compensation, benefits, and career development prospects.

    Expand influence within the organisation

    • Becoming a trusted leader who inspires and motivates teams.

    3. Benefits for Employees

    Empower employee voice – Feel seen. Feel valued. Feel connected.

    • Atlas helps build trust to create workplaces where people can safely share who they are, knowing their identity, experiences, and perspectives matter.

    Shape a better workplace

    • By giving employees a meaningful voice in decisions that affect culture, inclusion, wellbeing (financial, mental, emotional and social wellbeing), and the future of work (career growth).

    Ensure privacy and trust

    • Through a truly anonymous, secure experience that recognises the full complexity of who you are.

    Empathy – Feel seen and understood

    • By helping organisations move beyond assumptions and better understanding of the people who make them successful.

    Strengthen belonging and psychological safety

    • By creating cultures where diverse backgrounds, perspectives, and experiences are recognised and respected.

    Build stronger connections

    • With colleagues, leaders, and organisational purpose through greater mutual understanding and trust.

    Notes: These are some core benefits. Additional value and hidden benefits will emerge as the organisation & people continue to use the service.

    How Atlas empowers all people & organisation’s to accelerate business growth in 3 key areas

    1. Proprietary Cultural Datasets

    The world’s most comprehensive cultural datasets. Built on seven years of original R&D, Atlas is powered by proprietary cultural datasets that unlock a new level of human understanding, continuously expanding through real-world deployment into a living, global citizen science platform. Structured through seven pillars, it measures what no other system can.

    Logos of UNESCO, WFP, AWS, and other cultural organisations.

    The impact of other systems creates a cultural data gap that has a cost to business and the people that work there

    2. Privacy & trust

    The Atlas – a trusted, secure, scientific, inclusive platform for cultural intelligence.

    Atlas’s advanced analytics engine is built on a genuinely anonymous, trusted experience, giving employees the confidence to share authentically. The result: organisation’s finally understand their people at depth, and can turn that understanding into measurable performance, inclusion, and impact.

    Atlas has been used in over 40 countries, complying with local applicable data and privacy laws, is ISO27001 certified and its clients range from small not for profits to large NGOs such and the UN and global enterprises, AWS.

    3. Real Time Dashboard, Advanced Analytics, Benchmarking and Reporting with AI Insights

    Atlas has a vast range of actionable insights, produced in real-time. From charts, benchmarks, comparison metrics, language and culture trees, it’s data is highly actionable. It’s advance reporting capabilities provide clients with new insights, priority areas previously unseen and offers reporting , recommendations and advisory options.

    Who uses Atlas

    Atlas is used by a wide range of types of business across a diverse range of sectors. It’s used by businesses directly, as well as consultants and advisory and is now also becoming a marketplace for other survey frameworks to host their own assessments.

    Logos of leading organisations supporting business and cultural growth.

    Key references

    Our thought leadership and event partnership is expanding. Our work is featured on the global stage and referenced at numerous conferences around the world. We publish leading peer-reviewed research, papers and articles and are asked to speak at events all over the world with specific case studies.

    Here are some further references:

    Pricing table & contacts

    Annual Platform Subscription pricing (USD)

    We provide a comprehensive platform that enables administrators to access real-time insights and customise their dashboard around their own organisation’s objectives and structure. The platform delivers real-time dashboard reporting and analytics capabilities, supports group management, and allows seamless data export, helping organisation’s efficiently monitor, analyse, and utilise their data.

    Logos of UNESCO, WFP, AWS, and other cultural organisations.

    Important Note: The current price includes an exclusive 50% campaign discount and is available only during the time of Indiegogo campaign.

    Contact Us

    For Introducing Business and/or Booking A Product Demo

    Subscription plans for different organisation sizes with pricing details.
    Book a Demo with Atlas

    View Our Packages

    Indiegogo

  • YWO Broker

    YWO – Multi-Regulated CFD and Forex Broker with a $10 Minimum Deposit

    Established in 2024 and based in South Africa, YWO is a CFD and forex broker regulated across multiple jurisdictions. The broker provides access to more than 1,000 trading instruments, including forex pairs, indices, stock CFDs, commodities, cryptocurrencies, and ETFs. Licensed by the FSCA in South Africa, FSC Mauritius, and MISA in Comoros, YWO focuses on affordable trading conditions, offering raw spreads from 0.0 pips, a low $10 minimum deposit, MT5 copy trading, and automatic swap-free account availability without requiring a separate application.

    Expert Review

    Launched in 2024, YWO operates through several regulated entities across three jurisdictions. Its key advantages include a very accessible $10 minimum deposit, access to a Zero Spread account from the same entry level, raw spreads starting at 0.0 pips, and automatic swap-free trading. The broker also stands out for supporting more than 50 payment methods across Africa, the Middle East, Southeast Asia, and South Asia, providing an unusually broad funding network for a relatively new broker.

    Customer support is available 24/7, with the company reporting average response times of one to five minutes. Traders can reach support through popular channels such as WhatsApp, Telegram, Facebook Messenger, and X. YWO also offers an extensive research suite featuring daily market analysis, fundamental insights, stock screening tools, technical scanners, sentiment data, earnings calendars, and analyst research reports.

    However, the broker does have some drawbacks. Platform support is limited to MetaTrader 5, with no access to MT4, cTrader, or TradingView. Language options are currently restricted to English, Arabic, Vietnamese, and Thai. Additionally, as a broker with less than two years of operating history, it lacks a long-term track record. Clients from the United States, United Kingdom, European Union, Canada, and Australia are not eligible to open accounts.

    Pros and Cons

    Pros

    • Low entry requirement with just a $10 minimum deposit
    • Raw spreads starting from 0.0 pips on eligible account types
    • Access to over 1,000 instruments across six major asset classes
    • No fees charged for deposits or withdrawals
    • Regulated through multiple entities across different jurisdictions
    • Automatic swap-free account access for qualifying traders

    Cons

    • Platform offering is primarily limited to MetaTrader 5 (MT5)
    • Services are unavailable to residents of the United States, European Union, and United Kingdom
    • Relatively new broker with a limited operating track record
    • No support for cTrader, TradingView, or MetaTrader 4 (MT4) platforms

    Trust and Safety

    Regulation and Client Fund Protection

    YWO operates through three regulated entities across Mauritius, South Africa, and the Comoros. YWO (MU) Ltd is licensed by the Financial Services Commission (FSC) of Mauritius under licence GB25205550, while YWO (PTY) Ltd holds a South African Financial Sector Conduct Authority (FSCA) licence #54357. The FSCA is an established financial regulator with requirements covering client fund segregation, conduct standards, and ongoing regulatory reporting.

    YWO (CM) Ltd is registered with the MISA in the Comoros Union under registration BFX2025026. No previous regulatory violations have been reported. Client funds are maintained in segregated accounts, separate from the broker’s operating capital, and negative balance protection is available to retail clients.

    However, YWO does not participate in a statutory investor compensation scheme. Traders should therefore verify which YWO entity will hold their account and carefully review the specific regulatory protections applicable to that entity before depositing funds.

    Regulatory Status

    Regulatory BodyStatus
    ASICNo
    CySECNo
    DFSANo
    EFSANo
    FCANo
    FMANo
    FSA (SC)No
    FSCAYes
    FSC MauritiusYes
    JFSANo
    MASNo
    MiFIDNo
    MISA (Comoros)Yes

    Tradable Instruments

    1,000+ Instruments Across Six Asset Classes

    At the time of this review, YWO provides access to approximately 1,020 trading instruments spanning forex, indices, stock CFDs, commodities, cryptocurrencies, ETFs, metals, and energy markets.

    The forex offering includes more than 50 major, minor, and exotic currency pairs, with leverage of up to 1:1000. Index CFDs cover major global benchmarks such as US30, SPX500, NAS100, UK100, and GER40, while stock CFDs provide exposure to a broad selection of major US and international companies.

    Traders can also access commodity CFDs covering agricultural products, soft commodities, and raw materials, along with precious metals such as gold (XAU/USD) and silver (XAG/USD). Energy products include WTI crude oil, Brent crude oil, and natural gas. Crypto CFDs cover major digital assets such as Bitcoin and Ethereum, with leverage of up to 1:200.

    ETF CFDs are also available, providing exposure to funds focused on equities, sectors, and thematic investment strategies. However, YWO does not currently offer physical stocks, bonds, options, or exchange-traded futures.

    Instrument Availability

    Trading InstrumentAvailable
    CommoditiesYes
    CurrenciesYes
    CryptocurrenciesYes
    ETFsYes
    FuturesNo
    IndicesYes
    StocksYes
    BondsNo
    OptionsNo

    Account Types

    Multiple Live Account Options with a $10 Minimum Deposit

    YWO provides several account options designed to accommodate different trading styles and experience levels. These include the Standard Account, which offers commission-free trading with variable spreads; the Zero Spread Account, featuring raw spreads from 0.0 pips with a $7 round-turn commission; and the Micro/Cent Account, which allows traders to use smaller position sizes for live-market practice.

    YWO also offers Islamic Accounts with automatic swap-free eligibility, eliminating the need for a separate application. Demo accounts are available for 90 days and provide full access to the MT5 trading platform, allowing users to practice before moving to live markets.

    A $10 minimum deposit applies across the live account options, creating a relatively low barrier to entry and making it easier for traders to transition from demo to live trading. However, corporate, joint, and managed accounts are not currently offered.

    Account Availability

    Account FeatureAvailable
    Demo AccountYes
    Islamic AccountYes
    Segregated AccountYes
    Managed AccountNo
    Suitable for BeginnersYes
    Suitable for ProfessionalsYes
    Available to US TradersNo

    Commission and Fees

    Low-Cost Trading with No Deposit or Withdrawal Fees

    YWO uses a straightforward two-tier pricing structure. The Standard Account follows a spread-only model with no trading commission, while the Zero Spread Account provides raw spreads starting from 0.0 pips and charges a $7 round-turn commission per lot.

    YWO does not charge deposit or withdrawal fees across its available payment methods. However, an $10 monthly inactivity fee applies after a 90-day grace period to accounts with no trading activity.

    Account Minimum

    The minimum deposit is $10 across all live account types, including Standard, Zero Spread, Micro/Cent, and Islamic accounts.

    Trading Fees

    Standard and Micro/Cent accounts use a spread-based pricing model without commissions. The Zero Spread account combines raw spreads from 0.0 pips with a $7 round-turn commission per lot.

    CFD Fees

    For Standard accounts, CFD trading costs are incorporated into the spread. Zero Spread accounts instead use raw spreads from 0.0 pips plus the applicable $7 round-turn commission.

    Forex Fees

    The typical EUR/USD spread on the Standard Account is 0.6 pips. On the Zero Spread Account, spreads start from 0.0 pips, with a $7 round-turn commission per lot. Maximum forex leverage is 1:1000.

    Futures Fees

    Exchange-traded futures are not currently offered by YWO, so futures trading fees are not applicable.

    Account Fee

    YWO does not charge ongoing account maintenance or management fees.

    Inactivity Fee

    A $10 monthly inactivity fee is charged after a 90-day grace period when an account has no trading activity.

    Deposit Fee

    $0 across all supported deposit methods.

    Withdrawal Fee

    $0 across all supported withdrawal methods.

    Overnight Funding Fee

    Overnight swap charges vary depending on the instrument and are applied according to the applicable MT5 rates. Traders who qualify for an Islamic Account can access swap-free trading automatically without submitting a separate application.

    Currency Conversion Fee

    0.00% — YWO does not charge a separate currency conversion fee.

    Guaranteed Stop Order Fee

    Guaranteed stop-loss orders are not available.

    Trading Platforms

    MT5 Available Across Desktop, Web, and Mobile

    YWO offers MetaTrader 5 (MT5) across Windows and Mac desktop computers, web browsers, and iOS and Android mobile devices. The platform provides advanced charting, multiple order types, Expert Advisors (EAs) for automated trading, custom indicators, and access to YWO’s full range of 1,000+ instruments.

    API access is also available for system trading and custom integrations, giving more advanced traders additional flexibility. However, YWO currently does not support MT4, cTrader, TradingView, or a proprietary trading platform.

    Mobile Trading

    The MT5 mobile application is available on both iOS and Android. Traders can place and manage live orders, monitor positions, analyze charts, manage their accounts, and access copy-trading functionality directly from their mobile devices.

    Web Trading

    YWO provides a browser-based MT5 web platform that can be accessed from any internet-connected device without installing additional software. This makes it convenient for traders who prefer to trade directly through a web browser.

    Desktop Trading

    MT5 desktop is available for Windows and Mac. The desktop version supports Expert Advisors, custom indicators, multi-chart layouts, advanced order types, and API connectivity for automated or system-based trading.

    Platform Availability

    Trading PlatformAvailable
    MT4No
    MT5Yes
    cTraderNo
    Proprietary PlatformNo

    Desktop & Web

    PlatformAvailable
    Windows DesktopYes
    Mac DesktopYes
    Web PlatformYes

    Mobile

    PlatformAvailable
    AndroidYes
    iOSYes

    Unique Features

    Zero Spread from $10, Automatic Swap-Free Trading, and Extensive Regional Payment Support

    YWO distinguishes itself through three key features. First, its Zero Spread Account offers raw spreads starting from 0.0 pips with a minimum deposit of just $10, giving traders access to tight pricing without a large initial capital requirement.

    Second, eligible traders can receive automatic swap-free account access, eliminating the separate application process commonly required for Islamic accounts at other brokers.

    Third, YWO supports a broad range of regional payment methods across multiple markets, making deposits and withdrawals more accessible to traders in Africa, the Middle East, Southeast Asia, and South Asia.

    Research and Education

    Extensive Research Tools and Educational Resources

    YWO provides a broad selection of market research tools, including daily market analysis, fundamental data, stock screeners, technical scanners, sentiment indicators, earnings and economic calendars, analyst reports, trading signals, and live market news.

    Its educational resources cover traders at different experience levels, with video tutorials, articles and guides, eBooks, PDFs, trading glossaries, structured courses, beginner materials, advanced strategy content, demo-account tutorials, and platform guides.

    The broker also hosts live trading streams twice a week, providing market commentary and practical chart analysis for traders who prefer a more interactive learning format.

    Customer Support

    24/7 Customer Support with Reported 1–5 Minute Response Times

    YWO offers customer support 24 hours a day, seven days a week, with a stated average response time of between one and five minutes.

    Support is available through live chat, including human and AI assistance, email, WhatsApp, Telegram, Facebook Messenger, X, callback requests, in-app support, a help centre, FAQs, and an online contact form. Dedicated account managers are also available.

    Customer support is offered in English, Arabic, Vietnamese, and Thai. Traditional telephone support is not currently available.

    Account Opening

    Digital Account Opening in Under One Hour with a $10 Minimum Deposit

    YWO’s account-opening process is fully digital and can reportedly be completed in under one hour. Prospective clients can visit the broker’s website, choose an account type, and submit a government-issued identification document and proof of address through the client portal.

    A 90-day demo account is available for traders who want to test the platform before committing real funds. The minimum deposit for live accounts is $10, while Islamic account eligibility is activated automatically without requiring a separate application.

    YWO does not accept clients from the United States, United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, EU member states, or FATF-listed jurisdictions.

    Deposits and Withdrawals

    50+ Regional Payment Methods with Zero Fees

    YWO supports a wide selection of deposit and withdrawal methods, with zero fees stated across its payment options. Available methods include bank transfers, Visa and Mastercard, cryptocurrencies, local bank transfers, Apple Pay, Google Pay, and numerous regional payment solutions.

    Depending on the region, these include UPI in India; GCash, GrabPay, and PayMaya in the Philippines; MADA and KNET in the Middle East; MTN, Vodafone, Airtel Tigo, M-Pesa, Airtel Money, and Tigo Pesa in Africa; OVO, DANA, QRIS, and LinkAja in Indonesia; FPX and DuitNow in Malaysia; EasyPaisa and JazzCash in Pakistan; and MoMo, ZaloPay, and VietQR in Vietnam.

    YWO states that deposits can be processed instantly and withdrawals may be completed on the same day, although actual processing times can vary depending on the payment method and jurisdiction.

    Final Thoughts

    YWO presents a relatively accessible offering for retail traders, particularly those in international and emerging markets. Its $10 minimum deposit, Zero Spread account, automatic swap-free eligibility, extensive instrument selection, and broad regional payment network are notable advantages for a broker established in 2024.

    However, traders should also consider its relatively short operating history, MT5-only platform offering, limited language selection, and the regulatory protections associated with the specific YWO entity holding their account.

    Before opening a live account, traders should verify the applicable legal entity, review the regulatory protections available in their jurisdiction, and carefully check the broker’s complete fee schedule and trading conditions.

    Contact Information

    Are you ready to trade now?

    Open Account

    Ready to improve your trading knowledge? Explore our Knowledge page for practical guides, insights, and educational resources.

  • Bitcoin Maintains Bullish Trend as Elliott Wave Analysis Points to $77K Target

    Since our July 1 update, we have maintained a bullish outlook on Bitcoin (BTC), supported by the Elliott Wave Principle (EWP) and Technical Analysis (TA). In our previous analysis, we identified the possibility of a five-wave advance, provided BTC remained above $62,474 — our third key warning level for the bulls.

    Four weeks later, Bitcoin successfully held that support, with its lowest daily close reaching $62,727 on August 1. Since then, BTC has entered what appears to be a powerful third-of-a-third wave advance, reinforcing the bullish technical structure.

    Bitcoin Elliott Wave Outlook

    Our earlier forecast for further upside has so far played out as expected. We continue to monitor a potential five-wave move — labeled gray waves i, ii, iii, iv and v — developing within the larger green Wave 3. Under this scenario, Bitcoin could eventually target the $77,000 area, as long as BTC holds above $65,418, which currently represents our third warning level for the bulls.

    An important technical condition is the relationship between the fourth and first waves. In a standard impulsive structure, gray Wave iv cannot overlap gray Wave i. If such an overlap occurs, there is a greater than 60% probability that the current Bitcoin uptrend has already reached its peak.

    Long-Term Bitcoin Price Forecast

    With Bitcoin continuing to show strong bullish momentum, we also maintain our view that the previously observed four-year cycle has likely been invalidated. That cycle had remained effective for roughly 12 years and previously pointed to a potential market low between late November and late January.

    However, Bitcoin’s ongoing impulsive price action supports the possibility that a significant low was established at the July 1 bottom. We therefore continue to track a potential five-wave advance from that level.

    If this Elliott Wave structure develops as anticipated, it would provide stronger confirmation that a major Bitcoin market low is already in place. In that scenario, the next significant upside objective could be the Fibonacci-based $164,000–$337,000 target zone for the red Wave v within the larger black Wave 5.

    Overall, Bitcoin’s current Elliott Wave structure remains constructive, with $65,418 serving as a key support level and $77,000 emerging as the next major upside target.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold Under Pressure as Long-Term Treasury Yields Rise Again

    Spot gold is trading around $4,481.29 per troy ounce, down 0.81% on the session after failing to break above the $4,510–$4,515 resistance zone during Asian trading. Meanwhile, the front-month COMEX gold contract stands at $4,537.00, down $8.30 or 0.18%, after reaching an overnight high of $4,550.80 before retreating toward $4,528.70 at the New York open. On the CFD market, gold has traded within an intraday range of approximately $4,463–$4,500.

    Wednesday delivered the decisive move, with gold surging more than 3% to $4,480, its highest level since early June. The rally was primarily driven by a sharp decline in long-term US Treasury yields. Thursday’s pullback has erased only part of that advance, suggesting that the broader bullish structure remains intact despite renewed pressure.

    Gold Rally Loses Momentum as Treasury Yields Recover

    Gold’s recent performance highlights the uncertainty surrounding current market positioning. The precious metal has gained 9.90% over the past month and 34.19% over the past year, while its year-to-date advance stands at roughly 0.25%.

    The price action has been volatile. Gold reached a record high of $5,602.23 on January 29 before falling sharply through March and April. After stabilizing near $4,457 in late May, the metal declined toward $4,065–$4,100 in late July before staging a recovery of more than 10% from the yearly low.

    At $4,481, gold remains about 20% below its January peak. The current 52-week range stretches from $3,311.46 to $5,595.46, placing the metal in the upper-middle portion of a wide trading range.

    The main obstacle for further gains is the renewed rise in long-term Treasury yields. The 30-year Treasury yield has climbed back to 5.236%, more than four basis points above Wednesday’s 5.196% close and only around 9.4 basis points below Tuesday’s 19-year high of 5.33%. Meanwhile, the 10-year yield is holding near 4.696%.

    The sharp reversal in bond yields has partially undone the key driver behind Wednesday’s gold rally. Lower real yields reduce the opportunity cost of holding a non-yielding asset such as gold, while rising yields tend to have the opposite effect.

    Gold Price Technical Outlook: $4,510–$4,515 Remains Key Resistance

    The next major move in XAU/USD could depend on whether gold can overcome the $4,510–$4,515 resistance area.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    This region combines two important technical indicators: the 200-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) and the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement of the April–June decline. The convergence of these two indicators within a narrow price zone makes the resistance particularly significant.

    The broader weekly resistance area extends from approximately $4,493 to $4,533, with $4,510–$4,515 positioned near its midpoint.

    A weekly close above $4,533 would strengthen the bullish outlook and potentially expose gold to the next major resistance zone around $4,855–$4,894. Conversely, failure to clear $4,515 could send XAU/USD back into the six-week trading range that has dominated price action through the summer.

    On the downside, the 50-day moving average at $4,386.29 represents the first major support level. Below it, $4,319 is particularly important as it corresponds to the 2026 yearly open and the 52-week moving average.

    The $4,319 level previously acted as resistance but has since shifted into support, making this breakout one of the most constructive technical developments for gold since the March decline.

    Additional support levels are located around $4,311, followed by the $4,284–$4,311 demand zone and $4,175. Stronger support is seen around $4,002–$4,017, while $3,887 represents a deeper defensive level before the yearly low region.

    Momentum indicators remain broadly bullish. The daily RSI is at 65.17, approaching overbought territory but not yet reaching extreme levels. Daily MACD remains positive, while the broader technical signal remains Strong Buy across the daily, weekly and monthly timeframes. However, the hourly signal has shifted to Strong Sell, highlighting short-term exhaustion.

    Wednesday’s Gold Rally Was Driven Primarily by Treasury Yields

    The distinction between a yield-driven rally and a traditional safe-haven rally is important for assessing gold’s next move.

    On Wednesday, the US Treasury announced that it would at least double the size of liquidity-support buyback operations involving longer-dated nominal coupon securities across the 10-year to 20-year and 20-year to 30-year sectors.

    The maximum amount per operation was increased from $2 billion to at least $4 billion, with the new level scheduled to take effect from September 9 through November 4.

    Following the announcement, the 30-year Treasury yield fell from 5.33% to 5.184%, while the 10-year yield declined from 4.68% to 4.637%. At the same time, the US Dollar fell to a three-month low, helping gold surge more than 3% to $4,480.

    The relationship is straightforward. Gold does not generate interest income, meaning its opportunity cost rises when Treasury yields increase. When long-term yields fall while the US Dollar weakens, the relative attractiveness of holding gold improves.

    However, the scale of the Treasury buyback program raises questions about how sustainable the yield decline can be. Doubling the buyback ceiling adds roughly $14 billion of potential capacity against approximately $32.2 trillion of outstanding marketable Treasury debt.

    The Treasury is also not eliminating the underlying debt. Instead, it purchases older, less liquid securities while financing those purchases through new issuance. The overall amount of outstanding debt therefore remains largely unchanged.

    As a result, Wednesday’s market reaction appears to have reflected the policy signal more than a fundamental change in Treasury supply dynamics.

    Rising Treasury Yields Create a Headwind for Gold

    The subsequent rebound in Treasury yields shows why gold has struggled to extend Wednesday’s rally.

    The 30-year yield has returned to 5.236%, exceeding its level before the buyback announcement, while the 10-year yield has risen to 4.696%. In effect, much of the bond-market move that supported Wednesday’s gold rally has already been reversed.

    The broader fiscal environment is also keeping pressure on long-term yields. US government debt has surpassed $40 trillion, while the July federal deficit reached $432.3 billion. Interest payments on the debt have also approached approximately $1.2 trillion this calendar year.

    This creates a difficult environment for the Treasury, particularly as demand for long-duration government debt remains under pressure.

    The rise in global bond yields adds another layer to the problem. Japan’s 10-year government bond yield recently reached a multi-decade high, while long-term yields in Germany, France, the UK, Italy, Switzerland and Canada have also moved higher.

    For gold, rising nominal yields can be bearish because they increase the opportunity cost of holding bullion. However, if yields rise because of deteriorating fiscal conditions, inflation concerns or fears surrounding debt monetization, the same environment can support structural demand for gold.

    At present, both forces are operating simultaneously.

    Fed Policy Remains a Major Risk for Gold

    Federal Reserve policy is another important factor limiting gold’s upside.

    Minutes from the July 28–29 FOMC meeting indicated that several policymakers remained prepared to raise interest rates if inflation failed to make sufficient progress toward the 2% target. Three regional Fed presidents also dissented in favor of a rate hike at the meeting.

    The federal funds target range currently stands at 3.50%–3.75%, while market pricing puts the probability of the Fed holding rates steady in September at around 69.9%.

    The prospect of further monetary tightening creates a challenging environment for gold because higher interest rates and Treasury yields increase the opportunity cost of owning a non-yielding asset.

    However, weaker economic indicators provide an important counterbalance. July nonfarm payrolls fell by 23,000, compared with expectations for an increase of roughly 83,000, while previous months were revised lower. Retail sales also declined 0.6% in July, significantly weaker than the expected 0.1% increase.

    This combination of persistent inflation, slowing growth and softer labor-market conditions leaves the Federal Reserve facing a difficult policy trade-off.

    The upcoming Jackson Hole event could therefore become an important catalyst for gold. A hawkish message could reinforce Treasury yields and push XAU/USD toward the $4,386 support level. A more cautious tone focused on labor-market weakness could instead help gold retest $4,533.

    Geopolitical Tensions Fail to Trigger a Strong Gold Safe-Haven Rally

    Another notable feature of the current market is gold’s inability to attract a significant safe-haven bid despite escalating tensions surrounding Iran.

    Crude oil prices have responded more strongly to the geopolitical developments. September WTI futures have risen 2.38% to $86.40, while Brent crude has climbed above $94.

    Yet gold has fallen 0.81% on the session.

    The divergence suggests that investors are currently favoring the US Dollar rather than gold as the preferred safe-haven asset. Because gold is priced in US Dollars, a stronger dollar can place additional pressure on XAU/USD.

    Geopolitical tensions could still support gold through a secondary channel. Higher oil prices can increase inflationary pressure, potentially limiting the Federal Reserve’s ability to cut interest rates. If inflation remains elevated while economic growth deteriorates, real yields could eventually weaken, creating a more favorable environment for bullion.

    This transmission mechanism is slower than a conventional safe-haven rally but could prove more sustainable if energy prices remain elevated.

    Gold Remains Far Below Its January Record

    Despite the recent rebound, gold’s broader performance shows that the market has not yet returned to a clear new bullish phase.

    The metal is up more than 34% year over year and nearly 10% over the past month, but its year-to-date gain is only around 0.25%. This means most of the annual gain was generated during late 2025 and January 2026, while the subsequent months represented a significant round trip.

    Gold’s January record of $5,602.23 was followed by a sharp correction. The metal eventually stabilized near $4,457 in May before falling toward the $4,065–$4,100 area in July.

    The August recovery has nevertheless been significant. Gold has gained more than 10% from its yearly low and broken decisively above the six-week consolidation range that had constrained prices throughout the summer.

    At current levels, gold has recovered roughly 42% of the decline from the July low to the January record. That represents a meaningful technical recovery, but it does not yet confirm the beginning of a new long-term uptrend.

    The $4,312–$4,319 region remains the key pivot. Holding above this zone would support the view that the March downtrend has been invalidated and that gold is entering a recovery phase. A sustained move below it, however, would increase the risk that the August rally was merely a countertrend rebound within a broader correction.

    For now, gold remains caught between supportive structural factors, including fiscal concerns and geopolitical risks, and significant headwinds from elevated Treasury yields and expectations for a relatively hawkish Federal Reserve. The $4,510–$4,533 resistance zone therefore remains the critical barrier for determining whether the latest gold recovery can develop into a more sustained bullish move.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Fed Minutes vs. Press Conference: Why Investors Should Focus on the Minutes

    The Federal Reserve’s July FOMC minutes provide a clearer picture of the central bank’s decision to keep interest rates unchanged—and they reveal a notable gap between the Committee’s reasoning and Chair Kevin Warsh’s subsequent press conference.

    Taken together, the July policy statement, press conference, and minutes suggest that the Federal Reserve may be experiencing a shift in how it communicates monetary policy. While the Committee’s decision remained grounded in economic data and risk management, Warsh’s comments offered a different interpretation of the decision.

    For investors, the key lesson is straightforward: when the Chair’s comments and the FOMC minutes appear to diverge, the minutes may provide the more reliable guide to the Committee’s thinking.

    What the FOMC Minutes Reveal About the July Rate Decision

    At the July meeting, the Fed kept the federal funds rate unchanged at 3.50%-3.75%. At the time, inflation remained above the Fed’s 2% target, while the labor market was broadly balanced.

    According to the FOMC minutes, most policymakers expected inflation to moderate later in the year as the effects of energy-related supply disruptions and tariffs faded. Softer inflation data in June offered some support for this view, although officials did not consider the evidence conclusive.

    With unemployment close to its longer-run level, policymakers also saw little immediate pressure from the employment side of the Fed’s dual mandate. Since economic conditions had changed relatively little since the June meeting, officials preferred to wait for additional data ahead of the September meeting.

    The minutes also highlighted upside inflation risks. Several policymakers indicated that further rate increases could be appropriate if inflation failed to decline, while three voting members dissented in favor of a July hike.

    In other words, the decision to hold rates was largely a data-dependent pause designed to provide more time to assess the inflation outlook.

    Warsh’s Press Conference Offered a Different Message

    The biggest contrast emerged during Kevin Warsh’s press conference.

    When asked whether June’s softer inflation data influenced the decision, Warsh appeared to downplay their importance. However, the minutes indicate that the data did matter: most participants expected inflation to decline, and the June figures provided the first evidence supporting that expectation.

    Warsh also rejected the characterization of the July decision as a “pause,” describing it instead as a broader review of economic conditions.

    Yet the minutes make the rationale much clearer. Policymakers wanted additional information before September because incoming data could provide greater clarity on inflation.

    From an investor’s perspective, that is effectively a pause: rates were left unchanged while policymakers waited for more evidence.

    Did Financial Markets Influence the Fed’s Decision?

    Warsh repeatedly highlighted tighter financial conditions and higher market interest rates during the press conference.

    However, the FOMC minutes do not identify higher market rates as a primary reason for holding the policy rate steady. Instead, several participants noted that financial conditions had tightened, partly because markets expected the Fed to adopt a more restrictive policy stance.

    This distinction is important.

    Financial markets were not replacing Fed policy. Rather, markets were anticipating that the Fed might tighten policy in the future.

    The Fed’s own market desk reportedly indicated that financial markets had fully priced in a 25-basis-point rate increase by the September meeting. Therefore, market pricing should be viewed as an expectation of future Fed action rather than a substitute for that action.

    Warsh’s comments appeared to contribute to a reduction in expectations for a September rate hike, illustrating how differences in Fed communication can directly affect financial markets.

    Warsh’s Reaction Function vs. the Committee’s View

    Warsh also described his own reaction function, suggesting that rising underlying inflation would make a central bank more inclined to tighten policy, while falling inflation would increase the case for easing.

    That framework is straightforward, but it does not fully capture the Committee’s current challenge.

    The key question for policymakers is not simply whether inflation is rising or falling. The bigger issue is whether inflation is moving sustainably toward the Fed’s 2% target.

    The FOMC minutes indicate that many policymakers believed additional tightening could become necessary if inflation failed to decline.

    That distinction matters because the Chair has only one vote. Monetary policy requires the support of the broader Committee.

    For investors preparing for the September FOMC meeting, the Committee’s language may therefore be more informative than the Chair’s individual interpretation.

    What Investors Should Take Away

    The July FOMC minutes highlight an important change in Federal Reserve communication.

    The Fed may be moving away from traditional forward guidance, but reducing forward guidance should not mean reducing transparency or accountability.

    The minutes provide a more detailed explanation of why policymakers held rates: inflation remained elevated, but officials expected it to moderate and wanted more economic data before making another move.

    Warsh’s press conference, by contrast, offered a less precise description of the Committee’s reasoning and placed greater emphasis on financial markets and his personal policy framework.

    For investors, the lesson is clear: read the FOMC minutes carefully and place greater weight on the Committee’s consensus than on the Chair’s individual comments.

    The July meeting did not necessarily signal a fundamental change in how the Fed makes monetary policy. Instead, it may signal a significant change in how the institution communicates that policy.

    As markets look toward the September FOMC meeting, inflation data, labor-market conditions, and the broader Committee consensus will likely matter more than any single comment from the Chair.

    Read more news and analysis

  • US Dollar Index Holds Near Three-Month Low as Japanese Yen Stays Flat After CPI Data

    US Dollar Index Holds Near Three-Month Low Amid Fading Fed Rate-Hike Bets

    The US Dollar Index (DXY), which measures the performance of the US Dollar against a basket of major currencies, remains under pressure during Friday’s Asian trading session. After a modest rebound the previous day, the index attracted fresh selling and hovered around the 98.80–98.75 area, remaining close to its lowest level since mid-May.

    Stacks of US hundred-dollar bills arranged in a pile.

    USD Remains Under Pressure as Fed Rate-Hike Expectations Fade

    The US Dollar continues to face headwinds as markets scale back expectations for an immediate Federal Reserve interest rate hike. Softer-than-expected US inflation data released last week reinforced expectations that the Fed may maintain its current policy stance, weighing on demand for the Greenback.

    The impact of the US Treasury’s decision to increase certain long-term debt buyback operations has also diminished. Meanwhile, renewed inflation concerns linked to higher energy prices could continue to support US Treasury yields, potentially limiting the downside for the Dollar.

    Geopolitical Risks Provide Support for the Safe-Haven USD

    Rising geopolitical tensions are another factor preventing a sharper decline in the US Dollar. Crude oil prices climbed to a three-week high after President Donald Trump announced tougher economic measures against Iran and warned of severe penalties for countries conducting business with Tehran or helping it circumvent sanctions.

    Higher oil prices could fuel inflation concerns and keep US bond yields elevated. At the same time, escalating tensions may increase demand for the US Dollar as a traditional safe-haven asset.

    Market pricing also remains relatively supportive of the USD. The CME FedWatch Tool shows that traders continue to assign roughly a 68% probability of at least one Federal Reserve rate hike by the end of the year. This outlook could help cushion the DXY against deeper losses.

    DXY Technical Outlook

    From a technical perspective, the US Dollar Index maintains a bearish near-term bias while trading below its 200-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) near 99.16.

    DXY chart by TradingView

    The recent failure to sustain gains above the 78.6% Fibonacci retracement around 98.52 leaves the index vulnerable to additional selling pressure. On the upside, the 200-day SMA and the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement near 99.22 form a significant resistance zone that could limit any recovery.

    Overall, the DXY remains vulnerable to further declines, although persistent inflation risks, elevated Treasury yields and geopolitical uncertainty could provide support for the US Dollar and slow its downward momentum.

    USD/JPY Steadies Near 159.00 as Japan Inflation Strengthens BoJ Rate-Hike Bets

    The Japanese Yen (JPY) traded largely sideways against the US Dollar on Friday, with USD/JPY hovering around 159.05 during the early Asian session. Stronger-than-expected inflation data from Japan reinforced expectations that the Bank of Japan (BoJ) could raise interest rates at its upcoming September meeting, helping offset concerns over weaker domestic growth.

    Japan Inflation Strengthens BoJ Rate-Hike Expectations

    Japan’s headline Consumer Price Index (CPI) rose 2.0% year over year in July, accelerating from 1.6% in June. Meanwhile, core CPI, which excludes volatile fresh food prices but includes energy costs, increased 1.8% YoY, up from 1.6% previously.

    The pickup in underlying inflation could strengthen the case for further monetary policy normalization by the BoJ. Market pricing currently reflects an approximately 80% probability of a rate hike at the next policy meeting, while expectations are building for the central bank to lift its policy rate from 1.0% to 1.25% in September.

    Higher energy prices could further reinforce inflationary pressures. Renewed tensions in the Middle East have pushed oil prices higher, while the weaker Yen may also contribute to imported inflation in Japan.

    Geopolitical Risks Could Limit Yen Gains

    Despite stronger inflation data and rising BoJ rate-hike expectations, geopolitical developments could restrict the Yen’s upside. Japan remains heavily dependent on Middle Eastern energy supplies, meaning a prolonged escalation in the region could increase oil prices and weigh on Japan’s economic outlook.

    At the same time, heightened geopolitical uncertainty may boost demand for the US Dollar as a safe-haven asset, providing additional support for USD/JPY.

    However, the Yen’s medium-term outlook appears to be improving. Firmer BoJ policy, structural reforms and a resilient Japanese economy could gradually strengthen the JPY and provide a fundamental counterweight to the US Dollar.

    USD/JPY Technical Outlook

    From a technical perspective, USD/JPY retains a bearish near-term bias as the pair remains below both the 100-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) and the 20-period Bollinger middle band.

    USDJPY chart by TradingView

    Initial resistance is located around 159.45, followed by the 100-day SMA near 160.00. A sustained break above this zone would be needed to weaken the current bearish structure, with the upper Bollinger Band around 163.30 representing a further upside barrier.

    On the downside, the lower Bollinger Band near 155.50 provides the next major technical support. A decisive break below recent lows could expose this area and reinforce the broader bearish outlook.

    Overall, USD/JPY remains vulnerable to further declines while capped below the 159.45–160.00 resistance zone, although geopolitical risks and safe-haven demand for the US Dollar could limit the Yen’s gains.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Solana Price Forecast: ETF Inflows and Improving Liquidity Support SOL Rally

    Solana (SOL) extended its strong weekly rally on Friday, gaining more than 19% so far this week and trading near the key 200-day Exponential Moving Average (EMA) at $89. A sustained breakout above this resistance could reinforce the bullish outlook and pave the way for further upside.

    The latest gains have been supported by improving liquidity conditions following the US Treasury’s decision to expand its debt buyback operations. At the same time, institutional demand for Solana has strengthened, with US-listed spot SOL ETFs attracting $14.58 million in net inflows on Thursday, their strongest single-day inflow since late July.

    Improving Liquidity Conditions Support Solana

    The US Treasury announced on Wednesday that it would double the size of certain debt buyback operations designed to improve liquidity in the longer-dated Treasury market.

    According to Reuters, the Treasury plans to increase liquidity-support buybacks for longer-dated nominal coupon securities from $2 billion to at least $4 billion per operation.

    The larger buyback program helped ease concerns over market liquidity and encouraged greater risk appetite across financial markets. It also contributed to a short squeeze in cryptocurrencies, with SOL jumping more than 10% on Wednesday before extending its advance to a Friday high of $90.20.

    Institutional Demand for SOL Strengthens

    Institutional interest in Solana has also picked up this week. Data from SoSoValue showed that US-listed spot SOL ETFs attracted $14.58 million in net inflows on Thursday, marking the strongest single-day inflow since the end of July.

    Thursday also marked the third consecutive session of positive ETF flows this week. If institutional inflows continue to increase, they could provide an additional catalyst for SOL and support further price gains.

    Solana Price Forecast: 200-Day EMA Remains Key Resistance

    Solana was trading around $89.14 on Friday, maintaining a bullish short-term structure as the price remained comfortably above the 50-day and 100-day EMAs at $76.91 and $78.63, respectively.

    However, SOL is currently testing the 200-day EMA at $89.28, which represents an important resistance level. The indicator could limit the upside during the initial breakout attempt.

    Momentum indicators remain bullish but increasingly stretched. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) is near 79, placing it in overbought territory, while the Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) remains firmly positive. Together, these signals point to strong upward momentum, although the recent rally may leave SOL vulnerable to short-term consolidation or profit-taking.

    On the downside, the first important support zone is around $77.07, supported by the 100-day EMA at $78.63 and the 50-day EMA at $76.91. A deeper correction could bring the broken ascending trendline near $74.38 into focus as the next major demand area.

    On the upside, a sustained daily close above the 200-day EMA at $89.28 could strengthen the bullish setup and expose the next resistance near $96.19. This level may attract selling pressure following SOL’s sharp recent advance.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold and Silver Rally as USD Weakness Fuels Safe-Haven Demand

    Gold and silver extended their recent gains on Friday as a weaker US Dollar (USD), elevated market volatility, and renewed safe-haven demand supported precious metals. Gold (XAU/USD) climbed to around $4,544 during the Asian session, reaching its highest level since early June, while Silver (XAG/USD) approached $69 per troy ounce after gaining nearly 6% this week.

    Gold Holds Above $4,500 as USD Weakness Supports Buyers

    Gold continued its upward momentum after breaking above the technically important 200-day Simple Moving Average (SMA). The precious metal reached approximately $4,544, marking its strongest level since early June and reinforcing the broader bullish outlook.

    The primary driver behind the latest Gold rally has been continued weakness in the USD, which remains close to a three-month low. Recent US inflation data showed signs of easing price pressures, leading investors to reassess expectations for Federal Reserve monetary policy.

    Because Gold does not generate interest income, expectations for higher US interest rates typically reduce its appeal. Conversely, fading expectations for tighter monetary policy can support demand for the precious metal by lowering the opportunity cost of holding non-yielding assets.

    However, rising crude oil prices could complicate the outlook. Higher energy prices may reignite inflation concerns and encourage the Federal Reserve to maintain a restrictive policy stance for longer. At the same time, escalating tensions between the US and Iran around the Strait of Hormuz, together with renewed activity by Iran-backed Houthi forces targeting oil tankers, have increased concerns about potential disruptions to global energy supplies.

    Oil prices subsequently advanced to a three-week high, helping keep US Treasury yields elevated and potentially limiting the downside in the USD.

    Fed Rate Hike Expectations Could Cap Gold’s Upside

    The latest Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) minutes offered some support for the US Dollar. Policymakers indicated that interest rates could need to rise in the near term unless inflation continues to move lower.

    Meanwhile, the CME FedWatch Tool shows markets pricing in approximately a 68% probability of at least one Federal Reserve rate hike before the end of the year. If these expectations strengthen, higher Treasury yields and a firmer USD could create headwinds for Gold.

    Geopolitical risks are also influencing currency markets. US President Donald Trump said Washington would pursue a major economic campaign against Iran and warned of penalties for countries helping Tehran circumvent sanctions or maintain commercial ties with Iran. Vice President JD Vance likewise highlighted economic pressure as a key tool for influencing Tehran.

    Such developments could increase demand for the USD as a traditional safe-haven currency, potentially limiting further gains in Gold.

    Gold Technical Outlook: XAU/USD Targets $4,687

    From a technical perspective, XAU/USD remains in a bullish structure after establishing itself above the 200-day SMA. Buyers are now looking for a sustained move above the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement of the April-June decline, located around $4,529.

    The MACD remains in positive territory, supporting the prevailing bullish momentum. However, the 14-day Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands near 67.70, approaching overbought territory and suggesting that the recent advance could be becoming stretched.

    A sustained breakout above $4,529 could expose the next resistance near the 78.6% Fibonacci retracement at approximately $4,687. A further extension could bring the cycle high around $4,889 into focus.

    On the downside, initial support is located near $4,529, followed by the 200-day SMA around $4,514 and the 50% Fibonacci retracement near $4,417. Additional support levels can be found around $4,306, $4,168, and the structural low near $3,946.

    Silver Approaches $69 as Volatility Drives Safe-Haven Demand

    Silver (XAG/USD) also extended its advance for a third consecutive session, trading around $68.70 per troy ounce during Friday’s Asian session. The metal has gained nearly 6% over the week as heightened volatility across currency and bond markets encouraged investors to increase exposure to precious metals.

    The initial boost came after the US Treasury Department announced plans to at least double its long-term debt buyback operations. The announcement initially pushed Treasury yields and the USD lower, creating a supportive environment for non-yielding assets such as Silver.

    Although US Treasury yields later recovered much of their decline, continued weakness in the dollar allowed Silver to maintain its bullish momentum.

    Market uncertainty surrounding the Treasury’s debt-management strategy has also contributed to demand for precious metals. While the initial fall in longer-term yields has largely reversed, persistent USD weakness indicates that investors remain cautious about the implications of the buyback program and the broader US fiscal outlook.

    Rising Oil Prices Create Risks for Silver

    Despite the bullish near-term outlook, Silver could face resistance if higher energy prices revive inflation concerns.

    Crude oil prices have risen amid escalating tensions between Washington and Tehran over the strategically important Strait of Hormuz. Stalled negotiations and stronger US economic pressure on Iran have increased concerns about potential disruptions to Iranian oil exports and global energy supplies.

    The US is reportedly preparing additional economic measures targeting Iran’s banking sector, shipping networks, cash transfers, and smuggling operations. The objective is to intensify pressure on Tehran and encourage negotiations over its nuclear program and regional activities.

    Higher oil prices could increase inflation expectations and reduce the likelihood of rapid monetary easing. If central banks respond by maintaining or raising interest rates, higher yields could weigh on non-yielding assets such as Gold and Silver.

    Gold and Silver Outlook

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    Overall, both Gold and Silver retain a constructive near-term outlook as USD weakness, elevated financial-market volatility, and safe-haven demand continue to support precious metals.

    Gold’s ability to remain above its 200-day SMA keeps the broader bullish structure intact, while a sustained break above $4,529 could pave the way toward $4,687 and potentially $4,889.

    Silver is approaching the psychologically important $69 level after a strong weekly rally. However, rising oil prices, renewed inflation risks, and expectations for higher interest rates could limit further upside and increase volatility.

    For both precious metals, the next major directional catalyst is likely to come from the interaction between USD performance, Federal Reserve rate expectations, Treasury yields, and developments surrounding US-Iran tensions.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Silver and WTI Rally as Bond Buybacks Expand and Strait of Hormuz Tensions Escalate

    WTI Price Forecast: Oil Climbs Above $84.50 as Strait of Hormuz Tensions Intensify

    WTI crude oil prices rebound to around $85.50 per barrel during Thursday’s Asian session, extending their recovery as escalating US-Iran tensions and growing risks around the Strait of Hormuz fuel concerns over potential supply disruptions.

    Geopolitical pressure intensified after the United Arab Emirates suspended financial and economic transactions with Iran following alleged missile attacks. Despite the heightened risks, Gulf oil producers continue to maintain relatively strong export flows by relying on alternative shipping routes and less visible transport channels.

    Market risks remain elevated as stalled US-Iran negotiations and the threat of further attacks raise concerns over energy supplies. TD Securities cautioned that worsening geopolitical tensions could keep a risk premium embedded in crude oil and refined products.

    US inventory data offered a mixed signal for oil markets. The latest EIA report showed domestic crude stockpiles increasing by 4.4 million barrels, while distillate inventories declined by 1.5 million barrels to their lowest level in about a month. The contrasting supply trends, combined with rising geopolitical risks, could keep WTI volatile in the near term.

    Silver Price Forecast: XAG/USD Hits Two-Month High as US Expands Treasury Buybacks

    Silver (XAG/USD) climbs to a fresh two-month high of $67.33 during Thursday’s Asian session, supported by a sharp decline in longer-term US Treasury yields after the US Treasury announced plans to double its bond buyback operations.

    The expansion of Treasury buybacks has pushed long-dated yields lower and added pressure on the US Dollar. The 10-year Treasury yield remains near 4.64% after falling more than 1.5% on Wednesday, while the 30-year yield has dropped close to 5.18%. Meanwhile, the US Dollar Index (DXY) is hovering near a seven-week low around 98.77.

    Falling bond yields tend to increase the appeal of non-yielding precious metals such as silver. However, the latest FOMC minutes showed that several policymakers favored the possibility of further interest-rate hikes if inflation remains elevated, creating a potential headwind for silver.

    Silver Technical Outlook

    XAGUSD chart by TradingView

    XAG/USD is trading around $67.10, well above its 20-period EMA at $63.20, keeping the short-term technical outlook bullish. The RSI stands at 61.48, indicating positive momentum while remaining below overbought territory.

    Immediate support is located around $67.10, followed by stronger dynamic support near $63.20. On the upside, a sustained move higher could bring $70.00 into focus, with the June 16 high around $71.19 representing the next major resistance level.

  • Canadian Dollar Rises on Higher Oil Prices as Australian Dollar Slips After Weak Labor Data

    Australian Dollar Slips After Disappointing Labor Report

    • AUD/USD comes under renewed selling pressure as weaker-than-expected Australian employment data weighs on the Australian Dollar.
    • Australia’s unemployment rate climbed to 4.5% in July, exceeding the 4.4% market forecast.
    • Fed minutes indicated that policymakers could support near-term rate hikes if inflation remains elevated, while the benchmark rate was kept at 3.5%–3.75%.

    AUD/USD retreats after gaining more than 0.5% in the previous session, trading near 0.7120 during Thursday’s Asian session. The pair is pressured by a weaker Australian Dollar following disappointing domestic employment figures.

    Australia’s unemployment rate increased to 4.5% in July, above economists’ expectations of 4.4%. Employment also deteriorated sharply, with the economy losing 15.8K jobs compared with an 80.2K increase in June and falling well short of the forecast for a 15.0K rise.

    AUD Faces Additional Headwinds From RBA and China Concerns

    Rabobank strategists noted that expectations for additional Reserve Bank of Australia tightening remain limited, with markets pricing in only around 12 basis points of rate hikes over the next three months. They also pointed to weaker Chinese demand for Australian commodities and softer domestic economic conditions as growing risks for the Aussie.

    Still, AUD/USD could find some support from a weaker US Dollar, which has been pressured by recent economic developments and shifting Federal Reserve expectations. Minutes from the Fed’s July meeting showed that several policymakers were open to raising interest rates in the near term if inflation failed to moderate, while the benchmark rate remained unchanged at 3.5%–3.75%.

    Although inflation is still above the Fed’s 2% target, recent monthly readings suggest that price pressures are easing. This has reduced expectations for an immediate rate increase. The CME FedWatch Tool now shows a 32.7% probability of a rate hike at the next meeting, down from 47% one month earlier.

    Technical Analysis

    AUDUSD chart by TradingView

    AUD/USD is trading near 0.7110 on the daily chart, remaining above both the nine-period and 50-day Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs). This positioning keeps the pair’s near-term outlook moderately bullish, particularly as prices continue to move beyond the recent consolidation range.

    The 14-day Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 63.2, indicating positive momentum while remaining below overbought territory. This suggests that buyers still have room to push prices higher, although broader Federal Reserve sentiment remains relatively subdued compared with previous peaks.

    The first key resistance level is the psychological 0.7200 mark. On the downside, initial support is located around the nine-period EMA at 0.7087. A break below this level could expose the next support zone near the 50-period EMA at 0.7034, where dip-buyers may attempt to regain control.

    Canadian Dollar Strengthens as Oil Prices Rise and US Dollar Weakens

    • USD/CAD extends its decline as stronger crude oil prices support the commodity-sensitive Canadian Dollar.
    • Oil prices climb amid heightened Middle East tensions and stalled US-Iran negotiations, raising concerns over potential supply disruptions.
    • Fed minutes indicated that policymakers could favor near-term rate hikes if inflation remains elevated, while keeping the benchmark rate at 3.5%–3.75%.

    USD/CAD falls for a second consecutive session, trading around 1.3800 during Thursday’s Asian session. The pair remains under pressure as the Canadian Dollar gains momentum from rising crude oil prices.

    Oil prices have advanced sharply as tensions in the Middle East intensify and negotiations between the United States and Iran remain deadlocked. The situation has extended into the strategically important Strait of Hormuz. Although US President Donald Trump said oil shipments continue to pass through the waterway, he also indicated that further negotiations with Tehran remain possible.

    Oil Rally Supports the Canadian Dollar

    TD Securities highlighted the ongoing geopolitical risks as an important driver of crude prices, warning that the Iran conflict could escalate further. With the threat of supply disruptions still present, the bank expects Brent crude’s geopolitical risk premium to remain elevated as traders price in the possibility of additional instability across the region.

    USD/CAD is also pressured by a softer US Dollar amid shifting expectations for Federal Reserve policy and recent economic data. Minutes from the Fed’s July meeting showed that officials were prepared to consider raising interest rates in the near term if inflation failed to ease, while the benchmark rate remained unchanged at 3.5%–3.75%.

    Although inflation remains above the Fed’s 2% target, recent monthly figures indicate that price pressures are moderating. The signs of cooling inflation have reduced expectations for an immediate rate hike. Markets now see a 32.7% probability of a Fed rate increase at the next meeting, down from 47% one month earlier, according to the CME FedWatch Tool.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Bitcoin surges, eyeing best daily gain since February as Trump boosts crypto sentiment and yields slide

    Bitcoin rallied sharply on Wednesday, heading toward its strongest daily performance since early February, as President Donald Trump voiced strong support for the cryptocurrency industry and urged Congress to advance the CLARITY Act. Falling yields on longer-dated U.S. Treasury bonds also improved overall risk sentiment.

    Bitcoin climbed 8% to around $69,757 by 17:34 ET (21:34 GMT), reaching its highest level since June 1. The move marked its strongest intraday gain since a more than 12% jump on February 6.

    Trump steps up support for the crypto industry

    Trump hosted senior financial officials and executives from major cryptocurrency companies on Wednesday, one day before the first meeting of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s Innovation Advisory Committee. The committee was established to advise on how technological developments could affect U.S. financial markets.

    Trump emphasized his goal of keeping the U.S. at the forefront of digital assets and emerging technologies, including Bitcoin, cryptocurrencies, prediction markets and artificial intelligence. CFTC Chairman Mike Selig and SEC Chairman Paul Atkins attended the meeting, along with executives such as Robinhood CEO Vlad Tenev and Kraken co-CEO Arjun Sethi.

    Trump also called on Congress to pass a revised version of the CLARITY Act, saying the legislation could encourage a new wave of innovation across the digital asset sector.

    SEC unveils proposed crypto framework

    The Trump administration’s crypto-friendly stance followed a new SEC proposal designed to establish clearer rules for certain crypto-related investment contracts.

    Dubbed “Regulation Crypto Assets,” the proposal includes two exemptions from securities registration requirements. Eligible issuers could raise as much as $5 million over four years under one exemption, while another would allow offerings of up to $75 million within a 12-month period.

    SEC Chairman Paul Atkins said the framework would provide crypto businesses and investors with clearer options for raising capital while operating within federal securities laws. The proposal would also introduce a safe harbor after issuers complete or permanently discontinue the managerial activities promised under an investment contract.

    Treasury buybacks lift longer-term bonds

    Sentiment across financial markets also improved after the U.S. Treasury announced plans to at least double its purchases of longer-dated government bonds.

    Starting September 9, liquidity-support buybacks covering the 10- to 20-year and 20- to 30-year maturity sectors will increase from $2 billion to $4 billion per operation.

    The announcement triggered strong buying in longer-duration Treasuries and pushed yields lower. The 30-year Treasury yield fell 8.9 basis points to 5.196%, after reaching 5.337% the previous day, its highest level since June 2007.

    Long-term Treasury yields had recently come under pressure following the Federal Reserve’s July meeting, as higher oil prices fueled inflation concerns and heavy borrowing by major technology companies to finance AI infrastructure added to concerns over the supply of government and corporate debt.

    Ether and major altcoins rally

    The broader cryptocurrency market also advanced sharply alongside Bitcoin.

    Crypto markets by TradingView

    Ether surged nearly 20% to $2,288.49, while XRP gained about 12% to $1.1229. BNB rose 4.8%, while Cardano and Solana climbed roughly 9.7% and 12.4%, respectively.

    Meme coins also recorded strong gains, with Dogecoin rising around 8% and the TRUMP token jumping more than 20%.

    Overall, renewed U.S. political support for digital assets, expectations of clearer crypto regulations and falling long-term Treasury yields combined to create a strong risk-on environment for cryptocurrencies.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Semiconductor Stocks Come Under Fresh Selling Pressure as Credit Concerns Resurface

    Stocks came under pressure on Tuesday, with the S&P 500 falling roughly 0.7% and the NASDAQ sliding more than 1.5%. Semiconductor shares led the decline as credit spreads for several chipmakers widened again, with some even surpassing the highs recorded on July 29.

    Equity markets have yet to fully reflect the deterioration seen in semiconductor CDS. This raises the question of whether Tuesday’s decline could mark the beginning of another sharp sell-off in the sector, similar to the plunge witnessed in July.

    Nvidia-Daily Chart

    Nvidia’s credit spreads moved above July levels, although the stock remains significantly higher than it was less than a month ago. Broadcom’s share-price action, meanwhile, appears to be tracking developments in the credit market more closely than Nvidia.

    Broadcom-Daily Chart

    Options positioning could add another layer of pressure. The semiconductor ETF SMH has accumulated substantial positive delta exposure, particularly around the $600 and $550 levels. As time value erodes and call premiums decline, options at $600 and above could lose value rapidly. A break below $550 could accelerate that decay and potentially trigger additional stock selling as hedging positions are unwound.

    SMH-Delta Exposure Chart

    The largest delta exposure, based on the analysis, is set to expire this Friday, potentially increasing the importance of near-term price movements.

    SMH-Net DEX by Expiration Date

    Implied correlations for SMH also rose on Tuesday, moving ahead of the broader market. After remaining subdued for weeks, correlations could continue to increase as earnings season winds down and stock-level dispersion declines.

    SPX - VIX Chart

    These factors are largely mechanical and are separate from broader issues such as higher interest rates or geopolitical developments. However, if semiconductor CDS spreads continue to widen while rates rise, the combination of deteriorating credit conditions, options-related flows and higher correlations could make the remainder of the summer more challenging for equities.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold, Silver Consolidate as US Dollar Holds Firm

    Gold and silver are trading within relatively tight ranges after their strong breakouts earlier this month, as traders await a fresh catalyst to determine whether the precious metals rally resumes or reverses.

    The US Dollar Index (DXY) has remained resilient despite growing macroeconomic headwinds, while traditional relationships between precious metals and key economic indicators have become increasingly unclear. Against this backdrop, the release of the July FOMC meeting minutes later Wednesday could provide the catalyst needed to trigger the next major move.

    Macro Signals Offer Little Direction

    The recent consolidation in precious metals partly reflects conflicting signals from their traditional macro drivers.

    The relationship between gold and silver remains strong, with their five-day correlation standing at around 0.96. However, correlations with other major indicators have become far less straightforward.

    Gold and silver bars, U.S. dollars, and XAU/USD, XAG/USD, and DXY market charts

    Over the past five days, gold has shown relatively strong correlations with US 2-year yields, 10-year Treasury yields and 10-year real yields, despite these relationships typically pointing in the opposite fundamental direction. Silver has displayed a similar pattern, with correlations of around 0.66, 0.70 and 0.71, respectively.

    Meanwhile, gold and silver have shown almost no relationship with the US dollar over the same period, with five-day correlations near zero. Fed rate expectations have also provided limited guidance, while correlations with the Nasdaq 100 and VIX futures remain weak and inconsistent.

    With gold and silver still closely linked but most traditional macro signals offering mixed messages, traders may need to rely more heavily on price action to determine the next direction.

    US Dollar Remains Resilient

    The lack of a clear relationship between precious metals and the US dollar becomes more understandable when looking at the recent performance of the DXY.

    DXY chart by TradingView

    Although the dollar has faced several negative headwinds this month and broken below the uptrend established from its January lows, it has remained range-bound in recent weeks.

    The DXY has attracted buying interest below 99.50, extending toward the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement of the January-to-June advance, while gains above 100.00 have faced resistance.

    The dollar’s resilience is significant because its earlier decline was one of the factors supporting the strong breakout in gold and silver at the start of the month. With the 50-, 100- and 200-day moving averages beginning to flatten, continued sideways movement in the DXY may be limiting further upside momentum in precious metals.

    Gold Price Outlook

    Gold climbed as high as $4,450 per ounce after breaking above the bearish trendline from its January peak and the wedge formation that had contained price action since early June.

    The metal has since entered a consolidation phase.

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    Gold has found buying interest below the $4,333 area, corresponding to the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement of the January-to-June decline, while this week’s low has reached around $4,312. With gains capped near $4,450, this zone currently defines the key trading range.

    A decisive move above $4,450 would bring the 200-day moving average into focus. A clean break above that level could open the way toward $4,580, which aligns with the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement and an important historical support-resistance area.

    On the downside, a break below $4,312 could expose gold to further losses toward $4,200, which represents the upper boundary of the earlier breakout zone. The 50-day moving average sits just below that level.

    Momentum indicators are also becoming less supportive. The 14-day RSI is forming lower highs and lower lows while approaching the neutral 50 level. Meanwhile, the MACD remains positive but is converging toward its signal line.

    Overall, the technical picture suggests a more cautious stance for gold bulls. The medium- and longer-term outlook remains constructive, but near-term price action is likely to play a greater role in determining the next directional move.

    Silver Price Outlook

    Silver is showing a similar technical structure after breaking above the bearish trendline extending from its January record high.

    The metal has since consolidated between resistance near $67 and support around $63.29. Tuesday’s session produced a bearish engulfing candle, pushing silver closer to the lower end of its current range.

    XAGUSD chart by TradingView

    Momentum indicators are also losing strength. The 14-day RSI is making lower highs and approaching the neutral 50 level, while the MACD is turning lower and converging toward its signal line, although it remains in positive territory.

    The series of upper wicks on recent daily candles also suggests that sellers are becoming more active at higher levels.

    Near-term, the $61 area and 50-day simple moving average form an important support zone. A decisive break below this region could expose silver to the $55.63-$54.80 area, which includes a key support level and the mid-July low.

    If $63.29 continues to hold, attention will return to resistance at $67. Above that level, the 100-day moving average, the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement of the January-to-July decline and the 200-day moving average create a more significant resistance zone.

    A sustained breakout above this area would strengthen the case for a continuation of silver’s earlier bullish move and potentially bring $78 into focus.

    FOMC Minutes Could Trigger the Next Breakout

    With gold and silver consolidating, the US dollar holding firm and traditional macro relationships sending mixed signals, markets appear to be waiting for a clear catalyst.

    The July FOMC minutes could provide that catalyst by offering fresh insight into Federal Reserve policymakers’ views on inflation, interest rates and the future path of monetary policy.

    For now, $4,312-$4,450 for gold and $63.29-$67 for silver remain the key ranges to watch. A decisive breakout from either range could provide a clearer signal for the next major move in precious metals.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Bitcoin Whales Resume Buying, Accumulating $2.9 Billion in 60 Days

    Bitcoin whales are quietly returning to the market, accumulating more than $2.9 billion worth of BTC over the past 60 days, while smaller investors appear to be reducing their exposure.

    Wallets holding more than 10,000 BTC added around 46,420 Bitcoin during the period, marking the strongest whale accumulation since March.

    The renewed buying comes as Bitcoin continues to trade well below its all-time high, prompting speculation that large holders may be positioning for a potential recovery.

    Bitcoin Whales Buy as Retail Investors Reduce Exposure

    The latest data highlights a clear divergence between the behavior of large and small Bitcoin holders.

    Wallets with more than 10,000 BTC accumulated approximately 46,420 BTC, while smaller retail investors sold nearly 9,700 BTC over the same 60-day period.

    This creates a notable gap in market positioning.

    Retail investors appear to be cutting exposure amid uncertainty surrounding Bitcoin, whereas large holders are taking advantage of the weaker market to increase their positions.

    Such a divergence could prove significant when assessing Bitcoin’s next major price move.

    Why Bitcoin Whale Accumulation Matters

    The recent accumulation is particularly notable because it follows a period of significant selling pressure from large Bitcoin holders.

    In February, wallets holding more than 1,000 BTC accumulated roughly 53,000 Bitcoin in one week after months of net selling. Despite that increase, large holders had still reduced their holdings by more than 170,000 BTC since mid-December.

    The latest data suggests whale sentiment may once again be shifting toward accumulation.

    In July, whales purchased more than 270,000 BTC worth approximately $16.7 billion in just two weeks, even as US spot Bitcoin ETFs recorded $4.06 billion in outflows during June.

    This behavior explains why whale activity remains a closely watched indicator among Bitcoin investors.

    When large holders aggressively accumulate BTC during periods of weak market sentiment, it may indicate that some investors see lower prices as an opportunity to build positions rather than a reason to exit the market.

    Bitcoin Price Outlook

    Whale accumulation does not necessarily mean Bitcoin is about to begin a new rally. Large holders may accumulate BTC for various reasons, including long-term investment strategies, portfolio rebalancing or expectations of further price declines.

    Nevertheless, sustained buying by wallets controlling substantial amounts of Bitcoin can influence broader market dynamics. If whales move BTC away from exchanges or continue increasing their holdings, the amount of Bitcoin immediately available for sale could decrease.

    If demand remains firm while available supply tightens, even a moderate increase in buying pressure could have a greater impact on Bitcoin price.

    However, whale activity should not be considered in isolation. Bitcoin’s outlook also depends on spot ETF flows, institutional demand, overall risk appetite, interest-rate expectations, market liquidity and broader cryptocurrency sentiment.

    A sustained increase in whale holdings is therefore a potentially bullish signal, but it may not be enough to offset selling pressure from other market participants.

    If whale accumulation continues alongside stronger institutional and retail demand, the combination could become an important signal for Bitcoin’s next major move, potentially strengthening the case for an upside breakout.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Crypto Overview: Bitcoin Remains Vulnerable as Venice and Sky Extend Gains

    • Bitcoin remains under pressure below the 50-day EMA near $64,368 on Wednesday, signaling continued bearish momentum.
    • The Fear and Greed Index climbs to 41, indicating a shift toward neutral sentiment after the recent risk-off mood.
    • Venice and Sky lead the gains among major altcoins over the past 24 hours.

    Bitcoin (BTC) trades above $64,000 on Wednesday but remains under pressure as bulls look for signs of a sustained recovery. Meanwhile, improving crypto market sentiment and strong performances from Venice Token (VVV) and Sky (SKY) are drawing attention across the altcoin market.

    CoinMarketCap’s Fear and Greed Index rises to 41, moving into neutral territory and suggesting that investor sentiment is gradually recovering from the recent risk-off mood.

    Bitcoin Price Forecast: BTC Faces Resistance Near $64,400

    Bitcoin trades near $64,384, hovering around the 50-day Exponential Moving Average (EMA) at approximately $64,368. The price action points to a mildly bearish near-term bias, although BTC continues to hold above the rising support trendline from $61,307 and the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement at $63,712.

    Momentum indicators offer a more balanced picture. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) stands at 52, slightly above the neutral 50 level, while the Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) and signal line remain broadly flat. This suggests that sellers have yet to gain decisive control.

    Bitcoin price by TradingView

    On the upside, the first major hurdle is the 50% Fibonacci retracement near $69,200. Beyond this level, the 200-day EMA around $72,801 represents a key resistance zone. A sustained break above it could strengthen the bullish outlook.

    On the downside, the 50-day EMA near $64,369 provides immediate support, followed by the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement at $63,712. A clear break below this area could expose Bitcoin to further losses toward the $57,800 region and undermine the broader recovery structure.

    Altcoin Price Forecast: Can VVV and SKY Extend Their Gains?

    Venice Token (VVV) remains above $13.00 after advancing around 20% earlier this week. The token maintains a bullish short-term setup while trading above the 50-day EMA at $12.40 and the 200-day EMA at $10.41.

    VVV faces immediate resistance around $14.25, corresponding to the 50% Fibonacci retracement of the move from $21.42 to $9.81. A breakout above this level could open the path toward the 78.6% Fibonacci retracement near $18.12.

    The RSI around 63 reflects solid bullish momentum without signaling overbought conditions, while the positive MACD slope above its signal line further supports the recovery.

    On the downside, the 50-day EMA at $12.40 acts as the first support, followed by the 23.6% Fibonacci retracement at $11.80 and the 200-day EMA at $10.41.

    Sky (SKY) trades above $0.0500 after gaining roughly 10% over the past three days. However, the token remains below its 50-day EMA at $0.0567 and 200-day EMA at $0.0616, keeping the broader technical outlook bearish.

    Short-term momentum is improving, with the RSI rising to around 54 and moving above its midpoint. The MACD has also crossed above its signal line, indicating that selling pressure may be starting to ease.

    SKY faces initial resistance at the 50-day EMA near $0.0567, while the descending resistance trendline around $0.0583 adds another hurdle. A stronger recovery would need to overcome the 200-day EMA at $0.0616.

    If SKY turns lower from the 50-day EMA, the August 14 low at $0.05059 could provide the first downside target, followed by the June 27 low at $0.04859.

    Read more news and analysis

  • Gold and WTI Oil Hold Key Levels as FOMC Minutes Loom and Bulls Eye Breakouts

    Gold Price Slips Below $4,450 as FOMC Minutes Loom

    Gold recovers modestly from a fresh weekly low as the US Dollar comes under renewed selling pressure. However, oil-driven inflation risks keep US Treasury yields elevated, which could limit further USD losses. Traders now await the FOMC Minutes for fresh interest-rate signals before taking directional positions on gold.

    Gold (XAU/USD) gives up its modest intraday gains and remains near the lower end of its daily range, trading below $4,450 ahead of the European session on Wednesday. Although the US Dollar (USD) has come under renewed selling pressure, Gold buyers remain cautious as markets await clearer signals on the Federal Reserve’s future policy path before taking fresh positions.

    Attention is now focused on the upcoming FOMC Minutes, particularly as rising energy prices fuel renewed inflation concerns. Crude oil prices have climbed to a nearly three-week high amid ongoing tensions between the US and Iran over the Strait of Hormuz. Persistent geopolitical risks are keeping the oil market supported, while higher energy prices could reinforce expectations for tighter US monetary policy.

    The combination of elevated oil prices and rising US Treasury yields continues to provide support for the US Dollar and may limit Gold’s upside potential. The 30-year US Treasury yield has also climbed to its highest level since June 2007, adding pressure to the non-yielding precious metal. Meanwhile, markets continue to price in a relatively high probability of a Federal Reserve rate hike by year-end.

    ING analysts note that the US Dollar Index (DXY) has rebounded from the 99.40 area, suggesting that the Greenback may not be ready for a sustained decline. The bank highlights higher energy prices and rising long-term Treasury yields as key factors supporting the USD and potentially reviving expectations for a September Fed rate hike.

    Persistent geopolitical uncertainty may also limit aggressive bearish positioning in the US Dollar, keeping the outlook for Gold cautious. Traders are therefore likely to await the FOMC Minutes for additional clues on interest rates and the Fed’s policy outlook.

    Gold Price Technical Analysis

    XAUUSD chart by TradingView

    From a technical perspective, XAU/USD remains below the 50% Fibonacci retracement of the April-June decline and is trading well beneath the 200-day Simple Moving Average (SMA), keeping the short-term bias tilted to the downside despite the recent consolidation.

    The MACD remains above the zero line but has moved closer to its signal line, while the RSI stands at 59.24 in positive territory. This indicates that bullish momentum remains intact but could weaken if Gold fails to reclaim key resistance levels.

    On the upside, the $4,406 area represents the first resistance, followed by the 200-day SMA near $4,509 and the 61.8% Fibonacci retracement at $4,519.36. On the downside, initial support is seen around $4,292, corresponding to the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement, followed by $4,152 at the 23.6% level and the broader structural support near $3,925.

    WTI Price Forecast: Oil Holds Near Three-Week High Below $85 as Bulls Target 100-SMA Breakout

    • WTI extends its bullish momentum for a fourth consecutive session, reaching a near three-week high.
    • Ongoing US-Iran tensions surrounding the Strait of Hormuz continue to support oil prices.
    • A decisive break above the 100-day SMA could strengthen the outlook for further gains.

    WTI, the US crude oil benchmark, reaches a near three-week high during Wednesday’s Asian trading session but struggles to sustain gains above the $85.00 level. Despite the hesitation, oil prices remain on a bullish track for a fourth consecutive session, supported by ongoing geopolitical tensions surrounding the US-Iran standoff.

    The situation around the Strait of Hormuz continues to underpin crude prices. US President Donald Trump indicated that the naval blockade of Iranian ports remains in place, while Iranian Parliament Speaker Mohammad Bagher Ghalibaf said the strategic waterway would stay closed until Washington meets the conditions outlined in a June memorandum of understanding. The ongoing uncertainty keeps a geopolitical risk premium embedded in oil prices and supports the near-term bullish outlook for WTI.

    From a technical perspective, WTI retains a constructive short-term bias while holding above the 38.2% Fibonacci retracement of the July-August decline at $82.38. Momentum indicators also lean slightly bullish, with the Relative Strength Index (RSI) at 56.90 and the Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) at 0.47.

    WTI chart by TradingView

    However, upside potential remains limited unless WTI breaks above the key 100-day Simple Moving Average (SMA) at $86.09. A sustained move above this resistance could open the door toward the 50.0% Fibonacci retracement at $87.06, followed by the 61.8% level at $91.73, which would provide a stronger bullish signal.

    On the downside, $82.38 offers initial support, while deeper structural support is located around $76.60 and $67.25. A larger pullback toward these levels could attract renewed buying interest.

    Read more news and analysis